专题05 阅读理解之记叙文体类-十年(2013-2022)高考英语真题分项详解

这是一份专题05 阅读理解之记叙文体类-十年(2013-2022)高考英语真题分项详解，共183页。

十年（2013-2022）高考英语真题分项详解
阅读理解·记叙文体类
2021-2022题组
1
（2022·全国）As Ginni Bazlinton reached Antarctica, she found herself greeted by a group of little Gentoo penguins (企鹅) longing to say hello. These gentle, lovely gatekeepers welcomed her and kick-started what was to be a trip Ginni would never forget.
Ever since her childhood, Ginni, now 71, has had a deep love for travel. Throughout her career (职业) as a professional dancer, she toured in the UK, but always longed to explore further. When she retired from dancing and her sons eventually flew the nest, she decided it was time to take the plunge.
After taking a degree at Chichester University in Related Arts, Ginni began to travel the world, eventually getting work teaching English in Japan and Chile. And it was in Chile she discovered she could get last-minute cheap deals on ships going to Antarctica from the islands off Tierra del Fuego, the southernmost tip of the South American mainland. “I just decided I wanted to go,” she says. “I had no idea about what I’d find there and I wasn’t nervous, I just wanted to do it. And I wanted to do it alone as I always prefer it that way.”
In March 2008, Ginni boarded a ship with 48 passengers she’d never met before, to begin the journey towards Antarctica. “From seeing the wildlife to witnessing sunrises, the whole experience was amazing. Antarctica left an impression on me that no other place has,” Ginni says. “I remember the first time I saw a humpback whale; it just rose out of the water like some prehistoric creature and I thought it was smiling at us. You could still hear the operatic sounds it was making underwater.”
The realization that this is a precious land, to be respected by humans, was one of the biggest things that hit home to Ginni.
142. Which of the following best explains “take the plunge” underlined in paragraph 2?
A. Try challenging things. B. Take a degree.
C. Bring back lost memories. D. Stick to a promise.
143. What made Ginni decide on the trip to Antarctica?
A. Lovely penguins. B. Beautiful scenery.
C. A discount fare. D. A friend’s invitation.
144. What does Ginni think about Antarctica after the journey?
A. It could be a home for her. B. It should be easily accessible.
C. It should be well preserved. D. It needs to be fully introduced.
145. What is the text mainly about?
A. A childhood dream. B. An unforgettable experience.
C. Sailing around the world. D. Meeting animals in Antarctica.
【答案与解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了71岁的Ginni Balinton从小就对旅行有着深深的热爱，渴望探险，不再跳舞和孩子们成家立业之后，她开始周游世界，并在2008年开始了前往南极洲的旅程。
142. 词句猜测题。根据第二段划线词前文“Throughout her career(职业) as a professional dancer, she toured in the UK, but always longed to explore further. (在她的职业舞蹈演员生涯中，她曾在英国巡演，但一直渴望进一步探索)”和“When she retired from dancing and her sons eventually flew the nest (当她不再跳舞，她的儿子们最终独立生活)”可知，Ginni在退休和儿子们成家立业之后，她决定尝试有挑战性的事情。由此推知，划线词组take the plunge与try challenging things“尝试有挑战性的事情”意思接近。故选A。
143. 细节理解题。根据第三段中的“And it was in Chile she discovered she could get last-minute cheap deals on ships going to Antarctica from the islands off Tiera del Fuego. (正是在智利，她发现自己可以在最后一刻买到从火地岛附近岛屿前往南极洲的廉价船票)”可知，是折扣的票价让Ginni决定去南极洲旅行的。故选C。
144. 细节理解题。根据最后一段“The realization that this is a precious land, to be respected by humans, was one of the biggest things that hit home to Ginni. (意识到这是一块宝贵的土地，应该受到人类的尊重，这是Ginni最深刻的感受之一)”可知，旅行结束后，Ginni认为南极洲应该得到很好的保护。故选C。
145. 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，文章主要讲述了Ginni Balinton去南极旅行的经历，再根据第一段“These gentle lovely gatekeepers welcomed her and kick-started what was to be a trip Ginni would never forget. (这些温柔可爱的看门人欢迎了她，并开始了一次Ginni永远不会忘记的旅行)”和倒数第二段Ginni Balinton对南极之旅的评价可知，文章主要介绍了Ginni Balinton去南极洲之旅让她非常难忘。由此可知，An unforgettable experience. (一次难忘的经历)能够概括文章主旨。故选B。
2
（2022·全国）We journalists live in a new age of storytelling, with many new multimedia tools. Many young people don’t even realize it’s new. For them, it’s just normal.
This hit home for me as I was sitting with my 2-year-old grandson on a sofa over the Spring Festival holiday. I had brought a children’s book to read. It had simple words and colorful pictures — a perfect match for his age.
Picture this: my grandson sitting on my lap as I hold the book in front so he can see the pictures. As I read, he reaches out and pokes (戳) the page with his finger.
What’s up with that? He just likes the pictures, I thought. Then I turned the page and continued. He poked the page even harder. I nearly dropped the book. I was confused: Is there something wrong with this kid?
Then I realized what was happening. He was actually a stranger to books. His father frequently amused the boy with a tablet computer which was loaded with colorful pictures that come alive when you poke them. He thought my storybook was like that.
Sorry, kid. This book is not part of your high-tech world. It’s an outdated, lifeless thing. An antique, like your grandfather. Well, I may be old, but I’m not hopelessly challenged, digitally speaking. I edit video and produce audio. I use mobile payment. I’ve even built websites.
There’s one notable gap in my new-media experience, however: I’ve spent little time in front of a camera, since I have a face made for radio. But that didn’t stop China Daily from asking me last week to share a personal story for a video project about the integration of Beijing, Tianjin and Hebei province.
Anyway, grandpa is now an internet star — two minutes of fame! I promise not to let it go to my head. But I will make sure my 2-year-old grandson sees it on his tablet.
183. What do the underlined words “hit home for me” mean in paragraph 2?
A. Provided shelter for me. B. Became very clear to me.
C. Took the pressure off me. D. Worked quite well on me.
184. Why did the kid poke the storybook?
A. He took it for a tablet computer. B. He disliked the colorful pictures.
C. He was angry with his grandpa. D. He wanted to read it by himself.
185. What does the author think of himself?
A. Socially ambitious. B. Physically attractive.
C. Financially independent. D. Digitally competent.
186. What can we learn about the author as a journalist?
A. He lacks experience in his job. B. He seldom appears on television.
C. He manages a video department. D. He often interviews internet stars.
【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了作者曾经是一名记者，在春节期间，作者给孙子拿了一本儿童读物，孙子却以为是平板电脑，不停地戳书。
183. 词句猜测题。根据第一段“We journalists live in a new age of storytelling, with many new multimedia tools. Many young people don’t even realize it’s new. For them, it’s just normal.”以及画线词后文“as I was sitting with my 2-year-old grandson on a sofa over the Spring Festival holiday.”可知，作者是记者，生活在一个讲故事的新时代，有许多新的多媒体工具。许多年轻人甚至没有意识到它是新的。对他们来说，这很正常。而这在春节假期，作者和两岁的孙子坐在沙发上，尤其清楚认识到了这一点。故画线词意思是“我很清楚”。故选B。
184. 细节理解题。根据第五段中“He was actually a stranger to books. His father frequently amused the boy with a tablet computer which was loaded with colorful pictures that come alive when you poke them. He thought my storybook was like that.(事实上，他对书本并不熟悉。他的父亲经常用一台装有彩色图片的平板电脑逗他开心，当你戳它们的时候，这些图片就会变得栩栩如生。他认为我的故事书就是那样的)”可知，那孩子戳故事书是因为他把它当成了平板电脑。故选A。
185. 细节理解题。根据倒数第三段中“Well, I may be old, but I’m not hopelessly challenged, digitally speaking. I edit video and produce audio. I use mobile payment. I’ve even built websites. (我可能老了，但从数字角度来说，我还没有毫无希望的挑战。我编辑视频，制作音频。我用移动支付。我甚至建立了网站)”可知，作者认为自己懂数码技术。故选D。
186. 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中“There’s one notable gap in my new-media experience, however: I’ve spent little time in front of a camera, since I have a face made for radio.(然而，在我的新媒体体验中有一个明显的差距：我很少在镜头前呆着，因为我的脸是为电台而生的)”可知，作者作为记者他很少上电视。故选B。
3
（2022·浙江）For nearly a decade now, Merebeth has been a self-employed pet transport specialist. Her pet transport job was born of the financial crisis（危机）in the late 2000s. The downturn hit the real estate （房地产）firm where she had worked for ten years as an office manager. The firm went broke and left her looking for a new job. One day, while driving near her home, she saw a dog wandering on the road, clearly lost. She took it home, and her sister in Denver agreed to take it. This was a loving home for sure, but 1, 600 miles away. It didn't take long for Merebeth to decide to drive the dog there herself. It was her first road trip to her new job.
Merebeth's pet delivery service also satisfies her wanderlust. It has taken her to every state in the US except Montana, Washington and Oregon, she says proudly. If she wants to visit a new place, she will simply find a pet with transport needs there. She travels in all weathers. She has driven through 55 mph winds in Wyoming, heavy flooding and storms in Alabama and total whiteout conditions in Kansas.
This wanderlust is inherited from her father, she says. She moved their family from Canada to California when she was one year old, because he wanted them to explore a new place together. As soon as she graduated from high school she left home to live on Catalina Island off the Californian coast, away from her parents, where she enjoyed a life of sailing and off-road biking.
It turns out that pet transporting pays quite well at about $30, 000 per year before tax. She doesn't work in summer, as it would be unpleasantly hot for the animals in the car, even with air conditioning. As autumn comes, she gets restless—the same old wanderlust returning. It's a call she must heed alone, though. Merebeth says, "When I am on the road, I'm just in my own world. I've always been independent-spirited and I just feel strongly that I mush help animals. *'
195. Why did Merebeth changed her job?
A. She wanted to work near her home.
B. She was tired of working in the office.
C. Her sister asked her to move to Denver.
D. Her former employer was out of business.
196. The word "wanderlust" in paragraph 2 means a desire to _________?
A. make money. B. try various jobs.
C. be close to nature. D. travel to different places.
197. What can we learn about Merebeth in her new job?
A. She has chances to see rare animals.
B. She works hard throughout the year.
C. She relies on herself the whole time.
D. She earns a basic and tax-free salary.
【答案与解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述Merebeth从事的新工作。近十年来，她一直是一名自营宠物运输专家。
195. 推理判断题。根据第一段中“The downturn hit the real estate （房地产）firm where she had worked for ten years as an office manager. The firm went broke and left her looking for a new job.（她曾在一家房地产公司做了10年的办公室经理，经济低迷打击了这家公司。 公司破产了，她只好另寻新工作）”，可知，Merebeth之所以换工作，是因为她以前的雇主破产了。故选D。
196. 词义猜测题。根据第二段中“It has taken her to every state in the US except Montana, Washington and Oregon, she says proudly. If she wants to visit a new place, she will simply find a pet with transport needs there. She travels in all weathers.（她自豪地说，除了蒙大拿州、华盛顿州和俄勒冈州，她走遍了美国所有的州。如果她想去一个新的地方，她只需要找到一个有交通需要的宠物。 她风雨无阻地旅行）”，可知，划线词的意思是“渴望去不同的地方旅行”。故选D。
197. 推理判断题。根据最后一段中“When I am on the road, I'm just in my own world. I've always been independent-spirited and I just feel strongly that I mush help animals.（当我在路上的时候，我只是在自己的世界里。 我一直很独立，我强烈地觉得我必须帮助动物）”，可知，Merebeth在她的新工作中一直都是靠自己。故选C。
4
（2021·全国）I have worked as a keeper at the National Zoo, Paris for 11 years. Spot and Stripe are the first tiger cubs that have ever been born here. Globally, a third of Sumatran cubs in zoos don't make it to adulthood, so I decided to give them round-the-clock care at home.
I've got two children—the younger one, Kynan, was extremely happy about the tigers arriving - but all of us really looked forward to being part of their lives and watching them grow. I wasn't worried about bringing them into my home with my wife and kids. These were cubs. They weighed about 2.5 kg and were so small that there was absolutely no risk.
As they grew more mobile, we let them move freely around the house during the day, but when we were asleep we had to contain them in a large room, otherwise they'd get up to mischief. We'd come down in the morning to find they'd turned the room upside down, and left it looking like a zoo.
Things quickly got very intense due to the huge amount of energy required to look after them. There were some tough times and I just felt extremely tired. I was grateful that my family was there to help. We had to have a bit of a production line going, making up “tiger milk”, washing baby bottles, and cleaning the floors.
When Spot and Stripe were four months old, they were learning how to open doors and jump fences, and we knew it really was time for them to go. It was hard for us to finally part with them. For the first few days, Kynan was always a bit disappointed that the cubs weren't there.
I'm not sad about it. I'm hands-on with them every day at the zoo, and I do look back very fondly on the time that we had them.
49. Why did the author bring the tiger cubs home?
A. To ensure their survival. B. To observe their differences.
C. To teach them life skills. D. To let them play with his kids.
50. What do the underlined words “get up to mischief” mean in paragraph 3?
A. Behave badly. B. Lose their way. C. Sleep soundly. D. Miss their mom.
51. What did the author think of raising the tiger cubs at home?
A. Boring. B. Tiring. C. Costly. D. Risky.
52. Why did the author decide to send Spot and Stripe back to the zoo?
A. They frightened the children. B. They became difficult to contain.
C. They annoyed the neighbours. D. They started fighting each other.
【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。讲述了作者为了保证两只老虎幼崽的存活，决定在家里全天候照顾它们。介绍了老虎在作者家生活的情况以及作者照顾老虎的感受。
49. 细节理解题。根据第一段中“Globally, a third of Sumatran cubs in zoos don't make it to adulthood, so I decided to give them round-the-clock care at home. (在全球范围内，动物园里三分之一的苏门答腊老虎幼崽活不到成年，所以我决定在家里全天候照顾它们)”可知，作者把老虎幼崽带回家是为了确保他们的存活。故选A。
50. 词句猜测题。根据画线词上文“As they grew more mobile, we let them move freely around the house during the day, but when we were asleep we had to contain them in a large room, otherwise they'd ”（随着它们的活动越来越多，我们白天让它们在房子里自由活动，但当我们睡觉时，我们必须把它们关在一个大房间里，否则它们会）以及后文“We'd come down in the morning to find they'd turned the room upside down, and left it looking like a zoo.”（我们早上下楼时发现他们把房间弄得乱七八糟，让它看起来像个动物园。）可知，作者不得不把老虎们关在一个大房间里，否则它们就会调皮捣蛋，表现不好。早上下楼时发现他们把房间弄得乱七八糟，看起来像个动物园。故画线词意思是“表现不好”。故选A。
51. 推理判断题。根据倒数第三段中“Things quickly got very intense due to the huge amount of energy required to look after them. There were some tough times and I just felt extremely tired.(由于需要大量的精力来照顾它们，事情很快变得非常紧张。有一段艰难的日子，我只是觉得非常累)”可推知，作者认为在家里养小老虎累人。故选B。
52. 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中“When Spot and Stripe were four months old, they were learning how to open doors and jump fences, and we knew it really was time for them to go.(当Spot和Stripe四个月大的时候，他们正在学习如何开门和跳栅栏，我们知道是时候让他们离开了)”可知，作者决定把Spot 和Stripe送回动物园是因为他们变得难以控制。故选B。
5
（2021·北京）I remember the day during our first week of class when we were informed about our semester（学期） project of volunteering at a non-profit organization. When the teacher introduced us to the different organizations that needed our help，my last choice was Operation Iraqi Children （OIC）. My first impression of the organization was that it was not going to make enough of a difference with the plans I had in mind. Then，an OIC representative gave us some details，which somewhat interested me. After doing some research， I believed that we could really do something for those kids. When I went online to the OIC website，I saw pictures of the Iraqi children. Their faces were so powerful in sending a message of their despair（绝望） and need that I joined this project without hesitation. We decided to collect as many school supplies as possible，and make them into kits——one kit，one child. The most rewarding day for our group was project day，when all the efforts we put into collecting the items finally came together. When I saw the various supplies we had collected，it hit me that every kit we were to build that day would eventually be in the hands of an Iraqi child. Over the past four months，I had never imagined how I would feel once our project was completed. While making the kits，I realized that I had lost sight of the true meaning behind it. I had only focused on the fact that it was another school project and one I wanted to get a good grade on. When the kits were completed，and ready to be sent overseas，the warm feeling I had was one I would never forget. In the beginning，I dared myself to make a difference in the life of another person. Now that our project is over，I realize that I have affected not only one life，but ten. With our efforts，ten young boys and girls will now be able to further their education.
64. How did the author feel about joining the OIC project in the beginning？
A. It would affect his/her initial plans. B. It would involve traveling overseas. C. It would not bring him/her a good grade. D. It would not live up to his/her expectations. 65. What mainly helped the author change his/her attitude toward the project？
A. Images of Iraqi children. B. Research by his/her classmates.
C. A teacher's introduction. D. A representative's comments.
66. The author's OIC project group would help ten Iraqi children to________. .
A. become OIC volunteers B. further their education
C. study in foreign countries D. influence other children
67. What can we conclude from this passage？
A. One's potential cannot always be underrated. B. First impression cannot always be trusted. C. Actions speak louder than words. D. He who hesitates is lost.
【答案与解析】本文是记叙文。讲述了作者一开始认为加入伊拉克儿童行动项目不会达到他的期望，但是最后通过努力对自己和他人带来影响，说明第一印象不总是可信的。
64. 细节理解题。根据第一段“When the teacher introduced us to the different organizations that needed our help，my last choice was Operation Iraqi Children （OIC）. My first impression of the organization was that it was not going to make enough of a difference with the plans I had in mind. ”（当老师向我们介绍了需要我们帮助的不同组织时，我最后的选择是伊拉克儿童行动(OIC)。我对这个组织的第一印象是，它不会对我心中的计划产生足够的影响。）可知，一开始作者认为加入伊拉克儿童行动项目不会达到他的期望。故选D。
65. 细节理解题。根据第二段“When I went online to the OIC website，I saw pictures of the Iraqi children. Their faces were so powerful in sending a message of their despair（绝望） and need that I joined this project without hesitation. ”（当我上网访问OIC 网站时，我看到了伊拉克儿童的照片。他们的脸上传递的信息是绝望和需要帮助，我毫不犹豫地加入了这个项目。）可知，伊拉克儿童图片帮助作者改变了他对这个项目的态度。故选A。
66. 细节理解题。根据最后一段“Now that our project is over，I realize that I have affected not only one life，but ten. With our efforts，ten young boys and girls will now be able to further their education. ”（现在我们的项目结束了，我意识到我不仅影响了一个人的生活，而且影响了十个人的生活。在我们的努力下，10名男孩和女孩现在将能够继续接受教育。）可知，作者的伊拉克儿童行动组织帮助十个伊拉克儿童继续接受教育。故选B。
67. 推理判断题。根据第一段“My first impression of the organization was that it was not going to make enough of a difference with the plans I had in mind. ”（我对这个组织的第一印象是，它不会对我心中的计划产生足够的影响。）和最后一段“In the beginning，I dared myself to make a difference in the life   of another person. Now that our project is over，I realize that I have affected not only one life，but ten. With our efforts，ten young boys and girls will now be able to further their education. ”（一开始，我鼓励自己去改变另一个人的生活。现在我们的项目结束了，我意识到我不仅影响了一个人的生活，而且影响了十个人的生活。在我们的努力下，十名男孩和女孩现在将能够继续接受教育。）可知，一开始作者认为加入伊拉克儿童行动不会达到他的期望，但是最后通过努力对自己和他人带来影响，说明第一印象不总是可信的。故选B。
6
（2021·天津）When people ask me how I started writing, I find myself describing an urgent need that I felt to work with language. Having said that, I did not know for a long time what I was looking for. It was not until I followed this feeling to its source that I discovered I had a passion for writing. With some encouragement from my colleagues, I had one of my poems published. This bit of success, however, was the point where my problem began.
Back in 1978, I had to travel between three different campuses in the morning, teaching freshman composition. Afternoons I spent taking my daughter to her ballet and horse-riding lessons. I composed my lectures on the way, and that was all the thinking time I had. When I returned home, there was not enough of me left for writing after a full working day.
As a way out, I decided to get up two hours before my usual time. My alarm was set for 5:00 A. M. The first day I shut it off because I had placed it within arm's reach. The second day I set two clocks, one on my night table, and one out in the hallway. I had to jump out of bed and run to silence it before my family was awoken. This was when my morning writing began.
Since that first morning in 1978, I have been following the habit to this day, not making or accepting many excuses for not writing. I wrote my poems in this manner for nearly ten years before my first book was published. When I decided to write a novel, I divided my two hours: the first for poetry, the second for fiction. Well or badly, I wrote at least two pages a day. This is how my novel, The Line of the Sun. was finished. If I had waited to have the time, I would still be waiting to write my novel.
What I got out of getting up in the dark to work is the feeling that I am in control. For many people, the initial sense of urgency to create easily dies away because it requires making the tough decision: taking the time to create, stealing it from yourself if ifs the only way.
100. What motivated the author to start her writing career?
A. Her strong wish to share.
B. Her keen interest in writing.
C. Her urgent need to make a living.
D. Her passionate desire for fame.
101. What problem did the author face when she decided to begin her writing?
A. She was too exhausted to write after a busy day.
B. She had trouble in deciding on her writing style.
C. She had to take time to discipline her daughter.
D. She was unsure about her writing skills.
102. Why did the author place an alarm clock in the hallway?
A. In case the clock in her room broke down.
B. In case she failed to hear the ringing.
C. To force herself out of bed.
D. To wake up her family.
103. How did the author manage to finish her novel?
A. By sticking to writing every morning.
B. By writing when her mind was most active.
C. By drawing inspirations from classic novels.
D. By reducing her teaching hours at school.
104. What can we learn from the author's success in her writing career?
A. It is never too late to change your job.
B. Imaginative ideas die away if not taken in time.
C. A tight schedule is no excuse for lack of action.
D. Daily life provides ideas for creative writing.
【答案与解析】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述的是作者喜爱写作并制定计划一直坚持下来。
100. 细节理解题。根据文章第一段“When people ask me how I started writing, I find myself describing an urgent need that I felt to work with language.”当人们问我是如何开始写作的时候，我发现自己在描述一种对语言的迫切需求。可知，促使作者开始她的写作生涯的原因是她对写作的强烈兴趣。故选B项。
101. 细节理解题。根据文章第二段“When I returned home, there was not enough of me left for writing after a full working day.”当我回到家时，在工作了一整天后，我写东西的精力已经不够了。可知，当作者决定开始写作时，因为她忙碌了一天之后，她筋疲力尽，无法再写作了。故选A项。
102. 细节理解题。根据文章第三段“The first day I shut it off because I had placed it within arm's reach. The second day I set two clocks, one on my night table, and one out in the hallway.”第一天我把它关掉了，因为我把它放在触手可及的地方。第二天，我调了两个钟，一个放在床头柜上，一个放在走廊上。可知，作者在走廊里放了一个闹钟的原因是为了强迫自己起床。故选C项。
103. 推理判断题。根据文章第四段“Since that first morning in 1978, I have been following the habit to this day, not making or accepting many excuses for not writing.”从1978年的第一个早晨开始，我一直遵循这个习惯，直到今天，不为不写作找任何借口。可知，作者能够写小说的原因是坚持每天早上写作。故选A项。
104. 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段“What I got out of getting up in the dark to work is the feeling that I am in control.”我从摸黑起床工作中得到的是一种掌控一切的感觉。以及文章第四段“Since that first morning in 1978, I have been following the habit to this day, not making or accepting many excuses for not writing.”从1978年的第一个早晨开始，我一直遵循这个习惯，直到今天，不为不写作找任何借口。可知，紧凑的日程并不是不采取行动的借口。故选C项。
7
（2021·浙江）More than 25 years ago, Saroo Brierley lived in rural（农村）India. One day, he played with his brother along the rail line and fell asleep. When he woke up and found himself alone, the 4-year-old decided his brother might be on the train he saw in front of him-so he got on.
That train took him a thousand miles across the country to a totally strange city. He lived on the streets, and then in an orphanage（孤儿院）. There, he was adopted by an Australian family and flown to Tasmania.
As he writes in his new book, A Long Way Home, Brierley couldn't help but wonder about his hometown back in India. He remembered landmarks, but since he didn't know his town's name, finding a small neighborhood in a vast country proved to be impossible.
Then he found a digital mapping program. He spent years searching for his hometown in the program's satellite pictures. In 2011, he came across something familiar. He studied it and realized he was looking at a town's central business district from a bird's-eye view. He thought,   “On the right-hand side you should see the three-platform train station”—and there it was. "And on the left-hand side you should see a big fountain"-and there it was. Everything just started to match.
When he stood in front of the house where he grew up as a child, he saw a lady standing in the entrance. "There's something about me, " he thought—and it took him a few seconds but he finally remembered what she used to look like.
In an interview Brierley says, "My mother looked so much shorter than I remembered. But she came forth and walked forward, and I walked forward, and my feelings and tears and the chemical in my brain, you know, it was like a nuclear fusion（核聚变）. I just didn't know what to say, because I never thought seeing my mother would ever come true. And here I am, standing in front of her. ”
115. Why was Brierley separated from his family about 25 years ago?
A. He got on a train by mistake.
B. He got lost while playing in the street.
C. He was taken away by a foreigner.
D. He was adopted by an Australian family.
116. How did Brierley find his hometown?
A. By analyzing old pictures.
B. By travelling all around India.
C. By studying digital maps.
D. By spreading his story via his book.
117. What does Brierley mainly talk about in the interview?
A. His love for his mother.
B. His reunion with his mother.
C. His long way back home.
D. His memory of his hometown.
【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了布尔利小时候意外走失，长大后通过自己努力找回家人的故事。
115. 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“When he woke up and found himself alone: the 4-year-old decided his brother might be on the train he saw in front of him-so he got on.(当他醒来发现自己一个人时：4岁的孩子判断他哥哥可能在他前面看到的火车上，所以他上了车)”以及第二段中“That train took him a thousand miles across the country to a totally strange city.(那列火车把他带到了一个千里迢迢之外的陌生城市）”可知，布尔利在25年前和家人分开是因为他误上了火车。故选A项。
116. 细节理解题。通过文章第四段“Then he found a digital mapping program. He spent years searching for his hometown in the program’s satellite pictures.(然后他找到了一个数字地图程序。他花了数年时间在该节目的卫星图片中寻找家乡)”以及“Everything just started to match.(一切都开始匹配了）”可知，布尔利是通过研究数字地图找到家乡的。故选C项。
117. 细节理解题。通过文章最后一段“In an interview Brierley says: “My mother looked so much shorter than I remembered. But she came forth and walked forward, and I walked forward, and my feelings and tears and the chemical in my brain, you know: it was like nuclear fusion（核聚变）. just didn’t know what to say: because I never thought seeing my mother would ever come true. And here I am, standing in front of her.(在一次采访中，布尔利说：“我妈妈看起来比我记忆中矮多了。但是她走了出来，朝我走来，我也向着她走去，我的感情、眼泪和大脑里的化学物质，你知道的：就像发生了核聚变。只是不知道该说些什么：因为我从没想过见到我母亲会成为现实。我就在这里，站在她面前。)”可知，作者在采访中讲述了他和母亲的团聚。故选B项。
8
（2021·全国）Leslie Nielsen’s childhood was a difficult one, but he had one particular shining star in his life — his uncle, who was a well-known actor. The admiration and respect his uncle earned inspired Nielsen to make a career (职业) in acting. Even though he often felt he would be discovered to be a no-talent, he moved forward, gaining a scholarship to the Neighborhood Playhouse and making his first television appearance a few years later in 1948. However, becoming a full-time, successful actor would still be an uphill battle for another eight years until he landed a number of film roles that finally got him noticed.
But even then, what he had wasn’t quite what he wanted. Nielsen always felt he should be doing comedy but his good looks and distinguished voice kept him busy in dramatic roles. It wasn’t until 1980 — 32 years into his career — that he landed the role it would seem he was made for in Airplane! That movie led him into the second half of his career where his comedic presence alone could make a movie a financial success even when movie reviewers would not rate it highly.
Did Nielsen then feel content in his career? Yes and no. He was thrilled to be doing the comedy that he always felt he should do, but even during his last few years, he always had a sense of curiosity, wondering what new role or challenge might be just around the comer. He never stopped working, never retired.
Leslie Nielsen’s devotion to acting is wonderfully inspiring. He built a hugely successful career with little more than plain old hard work and determination. He showed us that even a single desire, never given up on, can make for a remarkable life.
125. Why did Nielsen want to be an actor?
A. He enjoyed watching movies. B. He was eager to earn money.
C. He wanted to be like his uncle. D. He felt he was good at acting.
126. What do we know about Nielsen in the second half of his career?
A. He directed some high quality movies. B. He avoided taking on new challenges.
C. He focused on playing dramatic roles. D. He became a successful comedy actor.
127. What does Nielsen’s career story tell us?
A. Art is long, life is short. B. He who laughs last laughs longest.
C. It’s never too late to learn. D. Where there’s a will there’s a way.
【答案与解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了Leslie Nielsen的演艺生涯。
125. 细节理解题。通过文章第一段“his uncle, who was a well-known actor. The admiration and respect his uncle earned inspired Nielsen to make a career in acting. (他的叔叔，是一位著名的演员。Nielsen的叔叔所赢得的钦佩和尊重激励他走上了演艺事业)”可知，Nielsen想当演员的原因是想像他叔叔一样。故选C项。
126. 细节理解题。通过文章第二段“That movie led him into the second half of his career where his comedic presence alone could make a movie a financial success even when movie reviewers would not rate it highly. (这部电影使他进入了职业生涯的后半段，即使影评人对这部电影评价不高，但仅仅凭他的喜剧表演就可以使这部电影获得经济上的成功)”可知，在Nielsen职业生涯的后半段，他成了一个成功的喜剧演员。故选D项。
127. 推理判断题。通读全文，再结合文章最后一段“He built a hugely successful career with little more than plain old hard work and determination. He showed us that even a single desire, never given up on, can make for a remarkable life. (他凭借平凡的努力和决心建立了一个非常成功的事业。他告诉我们，即使是只有一个愿望，永不放弃，也能成就非凡的人生)”可推知，Nielsen的职业经历告诉我们：有志者事竟成。故选D项。
9
（2021·全国）We live in a town with three beaches. There are two parts less than 10 minutes’ walk from home where neighborhood children gather to play. However, what my children want to do after school is pick up a screen — any screen — and stare at it for hours. They are not alone. Today's children spend an average of four and a half hours a day looking at screens, split between watching television and using the Internet.
In the past few years, an increasing number of people and organisations have begun coming up with plans to counter this trend. A couple of years ago film-maker David Bond realised that his children, then aged five and three, were attached to screens to the point where he was able to say “chocolate” into his three-year-old son’s ear without getting a response. He realised that something needed to change, and, being a London media type, appointed himself “marketing director from Nature”. He documented his journey as he set about treating nature as a brand to be marketed to young people. The result was Project Wild Thing, a film which charts the birth of the World Network, a group of organisations with the common goal of getting children out into nature.
“Just five more minutes outdoors can make a difference,” David Bond says. “There is a lot of really interesting evidence which seems to be suggesting that if children are inspired up to the age of seven, then being outdoors will be on habit for life.” His own children have got into the habit of playing outside now: “We just send them out into the garden and tell them not to come back in for a while.”
Summer is upon us. There is an amazing world out there, and it needs our children as much as they need it. Let us get them out and let them play.
128. What is the problem with the author’s children?
A. They often annoy their neighbours. B. They are tired of doing their homework.
C. They have no friends to play with D. They stay in front of screens for too long.
129. How did David Bond advocate his idea?
A. By making a documentary film. B. By organizing outdoor activities.
C. By advertising in London media. D. By creating a network of friends.
130. Which of the following can replace the underlined word “charts” in paragraph 2?
A. records B. predicts C. delays D. confirms
131. What can be a suitable title for the text?
A. Let Children Have Fun B. Young Children Need More Free Time
C. Market Nature to Children D. David Bond: A Role Model for Children
【答案与解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了电影制作人David Bond为了让孩子们远离屏幕，拍摄自己的旅行，并将自然当作一个品牌，推销给年轻人。
128. 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“However, what my children want to do after school is pick up a screen — any screen — and stare at it for hours. (然而，我的孩子们放学后想做的是拿起一个屏幕——任何屏幕——盯着它看几个小时)”可知，作者的孩子在屏幕前呆的时间太长了。故选D项。
129. 细节理解题。根据第二段“He documented his journey as he set about treating nature as a brand to be marked to young people. (他记录了他的旅程，他开始把大自然当作一个品牌，让年轻人看到)”可知，David Bond通过拍一个纪录片宣传他的想法。故选A项。
130. 词句猜测题。根据划线词上文“a film”可知，本句主语是一部电影，下文“the birth of the World Network (世界网络的诞生)”解释了这部电影的主旨。由此推知，划线词charts意为“记录、描绘”，与“records”意思一致。故选A项。
131. 主旨大意题。根据第二段中的“He documented his journey as he set about treating nature as a brand to be marketed to young people. The result was Project Wild Thing, a film which charts the birth of the World Network, a group of organisations with the common goal of getting children out into nature. (他把自己的旅行记录下来，开始把自然当作一个品牌，推销给年轻人。其结果是Project Wild Thing，一部记录了World Network (世界网络)诞生的电影，World Network (世界网络)是以让孩子们接触大自然为共同目标的团体)”可推知，本文主要讲述了电影制作人David Bond为了让孩子们远离屏幕，拍摄自己的旅行，并将自然当作一个品牌，推销给年轻人。由此可知，C项Market Nature to Children(把自然推销给年轻人)适合作本文标题。故选C项。
10
（2021·全国）A British woman who won a S1 million prize after she was named the World's Best Teacher will use the cash to bring inspirational figures into UK schools.
Andria Zafirakou,a north London secondary school teacher, said she wanted to bring about a classroom revolution (变革). “We are going to make a change, ”she said.“I’ve started a project to promote the teaching of the arts in our schools.”
The project results from the difficulties many schools have in getting artists of any sort - whether an up-and-coming local musician or a major movie star - into schools to work with and inspire children.
Zafirakou began the project at Alperton Community School, her place of work for the past twelve years. “I've seen those magic moments when children are talking to someone they are inspired by - their eyes are shining and their faces light up,” she said. “We need artists . more than ever in our schools."
Artist Michael Craig-Martin said: “Andria's brilliant project to bring artists from all fields into direct contact with children is particularly welcome at a time when the arts are being downgraded in schools." It was a mistake to see the arts as unnecessary, he added.
Historian Sir Simon Schama is also a supporter of the project. He said that arts education in schools was not just an add-on. “It is absolutely necessary. The future depends on creativity and creativity depends on the young. What will remain of us when artificial intelligence takes over will be our creativity, and it is our creative spirit, our visionary sense of freshness,that has been our strength for centuries."
53. What will Zafirakou do with her prize money?
A. Make a movie. B. Build new schools.
C. Run a project. D. Help local musicians.
54. What does Craig-Martin think of the teaching of the arts in UK schools?
A. It is particularly difficult. B. It increases artists' income.
C. It opens children's mind. D. It deserves greater attention.
55. What should be stressed in school education according to Schama?
A. Moral principles. B. Interpersonal skills.
C. Creative abilities. D. Positive worldviews.
56. Which of the following is a suitable title for the text?
A. Bring Artists to Schools B. When Historians Meet Artists
C. Arts Education in Britain D. The World's Best Arts Teacher
【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了英国一名女子在被评为世界最佳教师后获得了100万英镑的奖金，她将用这笔奖金发起一个项目，让艺术家进入学校。
53. 细节理解题。根据文章第二段“Andria Zafirakou,a north London secondary school teacher, said she wanted to bring about a classroom revolution. “We are going to make a change,” she said. “I’ve started a project to promote the teaching of the arts in our schools.”（伦敦北部中学教师安德里亚·扎菲拉库(Andria Zafirakou)表示，她想掀起一场课堂革命。“我们将做出改变，”她说。“我已经启动了一个项目，以促进我们学校的艺术教学。”）”可知，Zafirakou打算用自己的奖金运行一个项目。故选C。
54. 推理判断题。根据文章第五段Craig-Martin 说的话“Andria's brilliant project to bring artists from all fields into direct contact with children is particularly welcome at a time when the arts are being downgraded in schools." It was a mistake to see the arts as unnecessary, he added.（Andria的把各个领域的艺术学家请到学校教学这个聪明的项目很受学生欢迎，在学校忽视艺术教育的时期。把艺术看出不必要是错误的。）”可知，Craig-Martin认为，英国学校的艺术教学不应该被忽视，而应该被重视。故选D。
55. 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段“It is absolutely necessary. The future depends on creativity and creativity depends on the young.（这是绝对必要的。未来取决于创造力，而创造力取决于年轻人。）”可知，Schama认为学校教育应该强调创造力。故选C。
56. 主旨大意题。根据文章第二段“Andria Zafirakou, a north London secondary school teacher, said she wanted to bring about a classroom revolution. “We are going to make a change,”she said.“I’ve started a project to promote the teaching of the arts in our schools.”（伦敦北部中学教师安德里亚·扎菲拉库(Andria Zafirakou)表示，她想掀起一场课堂革命。“我们将做出改变，”她说。“我已经启动了一个项目，以促进我们学校的艺术教学。”）”可知，文章讲述了Andria Zafirakou用自己的奖金启动了一个项目，将艺术家带进学校，促进艺术教学。故选A。
11
（2021·全国）By day, Robert Titterton is a lawyer. In his spare on stage beside pianist Maria Raspopova — not as a musician but as her page turner. “I’m not a trained musician, but I’ve learnt to read music so I can help Maria in her performance.”
Mr Titterton is chairman of the Omega Ensemble but has been the group’s official page turner for the past four years. His job is to sit beside   the pianist and turn the pages of the score so the musician doesn’t have to break the flow of sound by doing it themselves. He said he became just as nervous as those playing instruments on stage.
“A lot of skills are needed for the job. You have to make sure you don’t turn two pages at once and make sure you find the repeats in the music   when you have to go back to the right spot.” Mr Titterton explained.
Being a page turner requires plenty of practice. Some pieces of music can go for 40 minutes and require up to 50 page turns, including back turns for repeat passages. Silent onstage communication is key, and each pianist has their own style of “nodding” to indicate a page turn which they need to practise with their page turner.
But like all performances, there are moments when things go wrong. “I was turning the page to get ready for the next page, but the draft wind from the turn caused the spare pages to fall off the stand,” Mr Titterton said, “Luckily I was able to catch them and put them back.”
Most page turners are piano students or up-and-coming concert pianists, although Ms Raspopova has once asked her husband to   help her out on stage.
“My husband is the worst page turner,” she laughed. “He’s interested in the music, feeling every note, and I have to say: ‘Turn, turn!’ “Robert is the best page turner I’ve had in my entire life.”
34. What should Titterton be able to do to be a page turner?
A. Read music. B. Play the piano.
C. Sing songs. D. Fix the instruments.
35. Which of the following best describes Titterton’s job on stage?
A. Boring. B. Well-paid.
C. Demanding. D. Dangerous.
36. What does Titterton need to practise?
A. Counting the pages. B. Recognizing the “nodding”.
C. Catching falling objects. D. Performing in his own style.
37. Why is Ms Raspopova’s husband “the worse page turner”?
A. He has very poor eyesight. B. He ignores the audience.
C. He has no interest in music. D. He forgets to do his job.
【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了为钢琴演奏者做翻页工作的Robert Titterton和他的工作情况。
34. 细节理解题。根据第一段“I’m not a trained musician, but I’ve learnt to read music so I can help Maria in her performance.(我不是受过训练的音乐家，但我学会了识谱，这样我就可以在Maria的表演中帮助她)”可知，Titterton因为识谱，所以可以在Maria的钢琴表演中为她翻页。故选A项。
35. 推理判断题。根据第三段“A lot of skills are needed for the job. You have to make sure you don’t turn two pages at once and make sure you find the repeats in the music when you have to go back to the right spot.(这项工作需要很多技能。你必须确保你不会一次翻两页并且必要的时候确保你回到前面找到音乐重复的部分)”可知，为钢琴家翻页这项工作很需要技巧。由此推知，Titterton的工作要求是很高的。故选C项。
36. 细节理解题。根据第四段“Silent onstage communication is key, and each pianist has their own style of “nodding” to indicate a page turn which they need to practise with their page turner.(无声的舞台交流是关键，每个钢琴家都有自己的“点头”风格来表示翻页，他们需要和翻页者进行练习)”可知，Titterton需要和钢琴演奏者练习识别他们的“点头”示意来翻页。故选B项。
37. 细节理解题。根据最后一段“He’s interested in the music, feeling every note, and I have to say: ‘Turn, turn!’(他对音乐很感兴趣，感受着每一个音符，所以我不得不说：“翻页，翻页！”)”可知，Ms Raspopova的丈夫因为对音乐感兴趣，所以帮她翻页的时候总是沉浸在音乐中而忘掉自己的工作，她不得不去提醒。故选D项。
12
（2021·全国）When I was 9, we packed up our home in Los Angeles and arrived at Heathrow, London on a gray January morning. Everyone in the family settled quickly into the city except me. Without my beloved beaches and endless blue—sky days, I felt at a loss and out of place. Until I made a discovery.
Southbank, at an eastern bend in the Thames, is the center of British skateboarding, where the continuous crashing of skateboards left your head ringing .I loved it. I soon made friends with the local skaters. We spoke our own language. And my favorite: Safe. Safe meant cool. It meant hello. It meant don't worry about it. Once, when trying a certain trick on the beam（横杆）, I fell onto the stones, damaging a nerve in my hand, and Toby came over, helping me up: Safe, man. Safe. A few minutes later, when I landed the trick, my friends beat their boards loud, shouting: “ Safe! Safe! Safe!” And that's what mattered—landing tricks, being a good skater.
When I was 15, my family moved to Washington. I tried skateboarding there, but the locals were far less welcoming. Within a couple of years, I'd given it up.
When I returned to London in 2004, I found myself wandering down to Southbank, spending hours there. I've traveled back several times since, most recently this past spring. The day was cold but clear: tourists and Londoners stopped to watch the skaters. Weaving（穿梭）among the kids who rushed by on their boards, I found my way to the beam. Then a rail—thin teenager, in a baggy white T—shirt, skidded（滑）up to the beam. He sat next to me. He seemed not to notice the man next to him. But soon I caught a few of his glances. “I was a local here 20 years ago,” I told him. Then, slowly, he began to nod his head. “Safe, man. Safe.”
“Yeah,” I said. “Safe.”
8. What can we learn about the author soon after he moved to London?
A. He felt disappointed. B. He gave up his hobby.
C. He liked the weather there. D. He had disagreements with his family.
9. What do the underlined words “Safe! Safe! Safe!” probably mean?
A. Be careful! B. Well done! C. No way! D. Don't worry!
10. Why did the author like to spend time in Southbank when he returned to London?
A. To join the skateboarding. B. To make new friends.
C. To learn more tricks. D. To relive his childhood days
11. What message does the author seem to convey in the text?
A. Children should learn a second language.
B. Sport is necessary for children's health.
C. Children need a sense of belonging
D. Seeing the world is a must for children.
【答案与解析】本文属于记叙文。本文讲述作者自己的经历，起初搬到伦敦很不适应，但是由于找到了玩滑板的地方，结识了玩滑板的朋友，因此很好的适应了。作者回到伦敦之后，经常去之前玩滑板的地方寻找自己的回忆，在与一个玩滑板的孩子打招呼的时候，终于找到了自己久违的熟悉感。
8. 推理判断题。根据第一段“Everyone in the family settled quickly into the city except me. Without my beloved beaches and endless blue -sky days, I felt at a loss and out of place.(除了我之外的家里人都很快适应这个城市，没有了我喜爱的沙滩和蓝天，我感到迷茫和无措)”可知，作者刚到伦敦的时候因为没有喜爱的沙滩，不能很好的融入到新的城市，感到很沮丧，故选A。
9. 词义猜测题。根据画线词后文“And that's what mattered—landing tricks, being a good skater. (那才是真正重要的——滑板的落地技巧掌握了才是一名好的滑板玩家)”可知，作者掌握了滑板落地技巧，因此他的朋友大声欢呼，因此可以推出本句的Safe是赞美的含义，结合选项，故选B。
10. 推理判断题。根据第四段““I was a local here 20 years ago," I told him. Then, slowly, he began to nod his head. “Safe, man. Safe.””(我告诉他：“我20年前经常在这里玩滑板，”他缓慢地开始向我点头：“嗨，你好！”)”可推知，作者去Southbank这个地方是为了寻找自己玩滑板的回忆，故选D。
11. 推理判断题。根据全文可知，作者起初搬到伦敦很不适应，但是由于找到了玩滑板的地方，结识了玩滑板的朋友，因此很好的适应了。但是搬去华盛顿，因为没有遇到很好的玩滑板的朋友，几年之后就不再玩滑板，作者回到伦敦之后，经常去之前玩滑板的地方寻找自己的回忆，在于一个孩子打招呼的时候，终于找到了自己久违的回忆。通过作者的经历，作者要表达的是，归属感对于孩子是很重要的，故选C。
2013-2020题组
1.（2020年，天津卷，第一次高考）
One of the most stressful days of Susan McFrederick’s life was watching her son get wheeled away for surgery hours after he was born in 2011.
But after the operation, Susan burst into tears for a different reason: across the cut on their newborn sons back was a sweet winter scene, hand-drawn on his bandages（绷带）.
“There were rolling hills of snow, a pine tree and a snowman with a hat and broom, she recalled. It was extremely touching and comforting to know that somebody had taken the time to do that for my family. It was a moment I'll never forget.”
Susan soon learned the artist was her sons surgeon, Robert Parry, who discovered another way to use his hands in the mid-1980 s during his internship（实习期）at children's medical center. where he saw one of his colleagues cut out heart and shark shapes to decorate children’s bandages.
“My first reaction was, 'What is he doing? Hey, that’s kind of neat,’ ” Parry recalled. “I especially liked the reactions of the parents and the patients when they saw his artwork. The smiles took everyone's attention from the surgery. Then I decided to follow suit.”

Parry quickly graduated from his early hearts and sharks, and started to surprise families with drawings that captured young patients' personalities. From Snoopy to Spider-Man and bears to butterflies, there isn’t much he hasn’t drawn. Most kids want superheroes sports team logos or princesses, while babies often receive scenes with flowers trees and sea creatures During the last 30 years, Parry estimates he has left examples of his handiwork over the stitches（伤口缝线） of more than 10, 000 children.
“During a time of stress for families, it's nice to be able to help them smile and laugh," Parry said. This is something positive that I can do for them, which is what I like most about it.”
For Parry, the reward is knowing he hopefully made a difference in a child’s life, and except for his drawings on bandages, they can go on and live their lives and never know I was in it.” he said.
He's not ready to retire, but he's found a new hobby to keep his hands skillful in the years to come.
“I've taken up knitting（编织）,” Parry said. “Hats, sweaters, gloves---I enjoy it all. But mostly, I enjoy giving everything away.”
1.Susan burst into tears after her baby's operation because she was__________.
A.moved B.amused
C.stressed D.heartbroken
2.How did Parry get the idea of decorating children's bandages?
A.He was motivated by his patients.
B.He was inspired by his colleague.
C.He was required to learn the skill during his internship.
D.He was encouraged by Susan to show his genius for art.
3.Parry's artworks during the last 30 years show that he__________.
A.devoted himself more to art than to medicine.
B.knew more about his patients than their parents.
C.took into consideration the tastes of individual patients.
D.created a large number of works beyond his expectations.
4.What does Parry expect to achieve with his artworks?
A.To get a reward from the artistic circle.
B.To win the admiration of his colleagues.
C.To make a difference in his dull medical career.
D.To lift the spirits of his patients and their parents.
5.What can we learn about Parry from the last two paragraphs of the passage?
A.He is eager to show others his new skills.
B.He enjoys trying new ways to help others.
C.He is looking forward to life after retirement.
D.He is more interested in knitting than drawing.
【答案】1.A 2.B 3.C 4.D 5.B
【解析】本文是记叙文。讲述了Robert Parry通过手绘装饰儿童绷带的方法，在家庭面临压力的时候，帮助病人和他们的父母微笑和大笑来鼓舞他们的故事。
1.推理判断题。根据第二段But after the operation, Susan burst into tears for a different reason across the cut on their newborn son's back was a sweet winter scene hand-drawn on his bandages ( 但手术后，苏珊因另一个原因哭了起来，在他们刚出生的儿子的背上，伤口上是一个甜蜜的冬天场景，手绘在他的绷带上)和第三段It was extremely touching and comforting to know that somebody had taken the time to do that for my family.(知道有人花了时间为我的家人做这件事，我感到非常感动和安慰。)可知手术后, Susan却因为另一个原因哭了起来,因为她刚出生的儿子背上的伤口上，是一幅在绷带上手绘的温馨的冬季景象。由此判断出，她被医生的爱心感动, 故选A。
2.细节理解题。根据第四段Robert Parry, who discovered another way to use his hands in the mid 1980 s during his internship (实习期)at a children medical center, where he saw one of his colleagues cut out heart and shark shapes to decorate children' s bandages.和第五段 I especially liked the reactions of the parents and the patients when they saw his artwork. The smiles took everyone' s attention from the surgery. Then I decided to follow suit.可知，Robert Parry80年代中期在儿童医学中心实习期间，看到了一位同事剪心和鲨鱼形状装饰孩子的绷带。他尤其喜欢病人和父母看到他的作品时的反应，因为笑容能把大家的注意力从手术上转移开。然后 Robert Parry决定这样做。由此可知 Robert Parry有装饰儿童绷带的想法是受同事的启发。故选B。
3.推理判断题。根据第六段Parry quickly graduated from his early hearts and sharks, and started to surprise families with drawings that captured young patients' personalities.和Most kids want superheroes sports team logos or princesses, while babies often receive scenes with flowers trees and sea creatures.可知Parry用绘画捕捉年轻病人的个性，给家人带来惊喜。大多数孩子想要超级英雄运动队的标志或公主，,而婴儿经常收到鲜花、树木和海洋生物的场景。由此推知 Parry 在过去30年的艺术作品考虑到了个别病人的口味。故选C。
4.推理判断题。根据第五段I especially liked the reactions of the parents and the patients when they saw his artwork. The smiles took everyone's attention from the surgery. Then I decided to follow suit.和第七段" During a time of stress for families, it's nice to be able to help them smile and laugh, "Parry said. "This is something positive that I can do for them, which is what I like most about it.可知 Robert Parry决定这样做，他喜欢病人和父母看到他的作品时的反应，因为笑容能把大家的注意力从手术上转移开。在家庭面临压力的时候，能够帮助他们微笑和大笑是很好的。由此判断出，Parry希望做积极的事情来鼓舞病人和他们的父母。故选D。
5.推理判断题。根据最后两段中he's found a new hobby to keep his hands skillful和 I enjoy giving everything away.可知Parry发现了新的爱好来保持他的手熟练，并把编织的所有东西送人。由此判断出,他喜欢尝试新方法来帮助别人。故选B。
2.（2020年，天津卷，第二次高考）
“They tell me that you’d like to make a statue(塑像) of me-is that correct, Miss Vinnie Ream?”
The deep, gentle voice helped calm the nervous girl. Asking a favor of the President of the United States was no casual matter, especially for a seventeen-year-old girl.
“Yes, sir,” she replied, her dark eyes meeting his. “I wouldn’t have duo ask you, but my teacher, Mr. Mills, says I am ready. I plan to make it in an admirable manner. “
President Lincoln smiled. “Painters, sculptors-they’ve all tried to make the best of this ordinary face, but I’m afraid there’s not much hope. What did you have in mind, Miss Ream? A bust(半身像)?”
Before Vinnie could say yes, the President hurried on, a shade of apology in his voice.
“Of course-I shouldn’t have asked. A full-length pose would be much too big a project for a young woman your size. “
Vinnie’s face turned red. She realized she looked like a child, with her tiny figure. “Small does not mean weak, sir,” she defended herself. “I was born in the country of Wisconsin. I’ve driven teams of horses and carried water. Making a full-length clay(粘土) figure would not exhaust my strength-and that is what I intend to do!”
The President’s eyes, brightened at her show of spirit. “Sorry, madam, I have underestimated you as I didn’t know your background.”
But his smile faded as he rubbed his beard with bony fingers, in thought. “Miss Ream,” he sighed, “I’d like to let you do it, but as you know, we are in the middle of a war. How could I possibly take the time to pose for a sculpture now? I hardly have a minute to myself.”
Vinnie glanced around and noted the size of his office. “I work quickly,” she said. Her voice was soft but confident as she pointed to the corner near the windows. “If I were to bring my clay here and work for three hours every afternoon, I could complete most of the project while you are at your desk.”
The President seemed to consider her idea seriously. He got up and shook Vinnie’s hand warmly, “I’ve heard that you are a talented young woman, and I have found you charming and intelligent as well. I cannot make my decision immediately, but you will hear from me soon.”
The very next day, Vinnie received an invitation from the President.
8.What gave Vinnie confidence to make her request of President Lincoln?
A.Her aggressive personality.
B.Mr. Mills’s encouraging remark.
C.President Lincoln’s gentle voice.
D.Her interest in a challenging job.
9.How did President Lincoln first respond to Vinnie’s request?
A.Pleased. B.Thrilled. C.Regretful. D.Doubtful.
10.Vinnie confirmed her ability to make a full-length statue by highlighting ______.
A.her experience from other projects
B.her innocent childhood in the country
C.the heavy labor she had done before
D.the skill she picked up in Wisconsin
11.Vinnie wanted to choose the corner near the windows to ______.
A.achieve effects of natural lighting
B.keep all her tools within easy reach
C.observe the President at a right angle
D.avoid disturbing the president’s work
12.What message does the story convey?
A.A strong-willed soul can reach his goal.
B.Experience helps to promote excellence.
C.Ups and downs make one strong.
D.Devotion requires enthusiasm.
【答案】8.B 9.D 10.C 11.D 12.A
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要记叙了Vinnie Ream向林肯总统提出给他做一个全身雕像的请求，一开始林肯总统对此表示怀疑，在Vinnie的不断努力争取后，最终第二天Vinnie收到了林肯总统的邀请。
8.细节理解题。根据第三段中的“I wouldn't have dared to ask you, but my teacher, Mr. Mills, says I am ready. I plan to make it in an admirable manner. “可知，我本来不敢问你，但我的老师Mills先生说我准备好了。我打算用一种令人钦佩的方式来做这件事。由此可知，Mills先生的话给了Vinnie向林肯总统提出要求的底气。故选B。
9.推理判断题。根据第五段中的“Of course- I shouldn't have asked. A full-length pose would be much too big a project for a young woman your size.”可知，当然-我不应该问的。对于你这种身材的年轻女性来说，全身雕像太大了。由此可推知，林肯总统首先对Vinnie的请求表示怀疑。故选D。
10.细节理解题。根据第六段中的“I've driven teams of horses and carried water. Making a full-length clay figure would not exhaust my strength-and this is what I intend to do!”可知，我赶过马队，提过水。做一个全身雕像不会耗尽我的力量-我还正想这样呢！此可知，Vinnie通过强调她以前所做的繁重劳动，证实了她有能力制作一个全身雕像。故选C。
11.推理判断题。根据倒数第四段中的“Miss Ream,” he sighed, “I'd like to let you do it, but as you know, we are in the middle of a war. How could I possibly take the time to pose for a sculpture now? I hardly have a minute to myself. “可知，总统提到自己没有时间摆姿势来让Vinnie做雕像。根据倒数第三段中的“Vinnie glanced around and noted the size of his office. “I work quickly,” she said. Her voice was soft but confident as she pointed to the corner near the windows. “If I were to bring my clay here and work for three hours every afternoon, I could complete most of the project while you are at your desk.”可知，Vinnie环顾四周，注意到了他办公室的大小。“我干得很快，”她说。她指着靠近窗户的那个角落，声音柔和而自信。“如果我把我的粘土带到这里来，每天下午工作三个小时，我就可以在你办公的时候完成大部分的项目。”由此可推知，上文中总统提到自己没有时间摆姿势来让Vinnie做雕像，于是Vinnie想选择靠近窗户的角落，是为了避免干扰总统的工作。故选D。
12.推理判断题。根据文章主要记叙了Vinnie Ream向林肯总统提出给他做一个全身雕像的请求，一开始林肯总统对此表示怀疑，在Vinnie的不断努力争取后，最终第二天Vinnie收到了林肯总统的邀请。由此可推知，这个故事表达了意志坚强的人能达到目标的思想。故选A。
3.（2020年，新高考全国Ⅰ卷）
In the mid-1990s, Tom Bissell taught English as a volunteer in Uzbekistan. He left after seven months, physically broken and having lost his mind. A few years later, still attracted to the country, he returned to Uzbekistan to write an article about the disappearance of the Aral Sea.
His visit, however, ended up involving a lot more than that. Hence this book, Chasing the Sea: Lost Among the Ghosts of Empire in Central Asia, which talks about a road trip from Tashkent to Karakalpakstan, where millions of lives have been destroyed by the slow drying up of the sea. It is the story of an American travelling to a strange land, and of the people he meets on his way: Rustam, his translator, a lovely 24-year-old who picked up his colorful English in California, Oleg and Natasha, his hosts in Tashkent, and a string of foreign aid workers.
This is a quick look at life in Uzbekistan, made of friendliness and warmth, but also its darker side of society. In Samarkand, Mr Bissell admires the architectural wonders, while on his way to Bukhara he gets a taste of police methods when suspected of drug dealing. In Ferghana, he attends a mountain funeral(葬礼)followed by a strange drinking party. And in Karakalpakstan, he is saddened by the dust storms, diseases and fishing boats stuck miles from the sea.
Mr Bissell skillfully organizes historical insights and cultural references, making his tale a well-rounded picture of Uzbekistan, seen from Western eyes. His judgment and references are decidedly American, as well as his delicate stomach. As the author explains, this is neither a travel nor a history book, or even a piece of reportage. Whatever it is, the result is a fine and vivid description of the purest of Central Asian traditions.
13.What made Mr Bissell return to Uzbekistan?
A.His friends' invitation. B.His interest in the country.
C.His love for teaching. D.His desire to regain health.
14.What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 2 refer to?
A.Developing a serious mental disease.
B.Taking a guided tour in Central Asia.
C.Working as a volunteer in Uzbekistan.
D.Writing an article about the Aral Sea.
15.Which of the following best describes Mr Bissell's road trip in Uzbekistan?
A.Romantic. B.Eventful. C.Pleasant. D.Dangerous.
16.What is the purpose of this text?
A.To introduce a book. B.To explain a cultural phenomenon.
C.To remember a writer. D.To recommend a travel destination.
【答案】13.B 14.D 15.B 16.A
【解析】本文是记叙文。文章讲述了Bissell写的《追逐大海:迷失在中亚帝国的幽灵》这本书。这本书是Bissell在乌兹别克斯坦做志愿者后写的，是对乌兹别克斯坦人生活的一个快速观察。
13.细节理解题。根据第一段的”A few years later, still attracted to the country. he returned to Uzbekistan to write an article about the disappearance of the Ara Sea”可知，几年后，Bissell仍然被这个国家所吸引。他回到乌兹别克斯坦写了一篇关于咸海消失的文章。因此推断出对这个国家的兴趣让Bissell先生再次返回乌兹别克斯坦。故选B。
14.词句猜测题。划线句是第二段首句，that用来指代上文提的事情，因此推断that指代写了一篇关于咸海消失的文章这件事，根据第一段最后一句”A few years later, still attracted to the country, he returned to Uzbekistan to write an article about the disappearance of the Aral Sea(几年后，仍然被这个国家所吸引。他回到乌兹别克斯坦写了一篇关于咸海消失的文章)”可知，that指代写了一篇关于死海消失的文章这件事，故选D。
15.推理判断题。根据第三段”This is a quick look at life in Uzbekistan, made of friendliness and warmth, but also its darker side of society. In Samarkand, Mr Bissell admires the architectural wonders, while on his way to Bukhara he gets a taste of police methods when suspected of drug dealing. In Ferghana, he attends a mountain funeral(葬礼)followed by a strange drinking party. And in Karakalpakstan, he is saddened by the dust storms, diseases and fishing boats stuck miles from the sea.”可知，在乌兹别克斯坦的旅途中，Mr Bissell既体会到了友善和温暖，也看到了社会的黑暗面。在撒马尔罕，Mr Bissell欣赏到了的建筑奇观。在前往布哈拉的路上，他因为被怀疑进行毒品交易，他尝到了警察的伎俩。在费尔干纳，他参加了一个山区葬礼，然后参加了一个奇怪的酒会。在卡拉卡尔帕克斯坦，他为沙尘暴、疾病和被困在数英里外的渔船而难过。由此可知，在旅途中，他经历了很多事情。结合选项，B选项(充满事件的，多事的)可以表达此意。故选B。
16.推理判断题。文章第一段提到书的作者的乌兹别克斯坦之行，引出他写的书，接下来三段讲述了他的书《追逐大海:迷失在中亚帝国的幽灵》的故事内容，是乌兹别克斯坦生活的一个快速观察。因此推断本文的写作目的是介绍一本书。故选A。
4.（2020年，新高考全国Ⅰ卷,）
Jenifer Mauer has needed more willpower than the typical college student to pursue her goal of earning a nursing degree. That willpower bore fruit when Jennifer graduated from University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire and became the first in her large family to earn a bachelor's degree.
Mauer, of Edgar, Wisconsin, grew up on a farm in a family of 10 children. Her dad worked at a job away from the farm, and her mother ran the farm with the kids. After high school, Jennifer attended a local technical college, working to pay her tuition(学费), because there was no extra money set aside for a college education. After graduation, she worked to help her sisters and brothers pay for their schooling.
Jennifer now is married and has three children of her own. She decided to go back to college to advance her career and to be able to better support her family while doing something she loves: nursing. She chose the UW-Eau Claire program at Ministry Saint Joseph's Hospital in Marshfield because she was able to pursue her four-year degree close to home. She could drive to class and be home in the evening to help with her kids. Jenifer received great support from her family as she worked to earn her degree: Her husband worked two jobs to cover the bills, and her 68-year-old mother helped take care of the children at times.
Through it all, she remained in good academic standing and graduated with honors. Jennifer sacrificed(牺牲)to achieve her goal, giving up many nights with her kids and missing important events to study. ''Some nights my heart was breaking to have to pick between my kids and studying for exams or papers,'' she says. However, her children have learned an important lesson witnessing their mother earn her degree. Jennifer is a first-generation graduate and an inspiration to her family-and that's pretty powerful.
17.What did Jennifer do after high school?
A.She helped her dad with his work.
B.She ran the family farm on her own.
C.She supported herself through college.
D.She taught her sisters and brothers at home.
18.Why did Jennifer choose the program at Ministry Saint Joseph's Hospital in Marshfield?
A.To take care of her kids easily. B.To learn from the best nurses.
C.To save money for her parents. D.To find a well-paid job there.
19.What did Jennifer sacrifice to achieve her goal?
A.Her health. B.Her time with family.
C.Her reputation. D.Her chance of promotion.
20.What can we learn from Jenifer's story?
A.Time is money. B.Love breaks down barriers.
C.Hard work pays off. D.Education is the key to success.
【答案】17.C 18.A 19.B 20.C
【解析】
这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了Jennifer在家里不能提供大学教育的情况下，通过自己的努力，以及家人的帮助完成了四年学位。她的努力不仅让自己以优异的成绩毕业，还给家人，尤其是她的三个孩子树立了榜样，让他们得到了激励。
17.细节理解题。根据第二段的After high school, Jennifer attended a local technical college, working to pay her tuition, because there was no extra money set aside for a college education.(高中毕业后，Jennifer上了一所当地的技术学院来支付她的学费，因为家里没有额外的钱用来支付大学教育)可知，高中毕业后Jennifer通过自己挣钱来完成大学教学，因为家里没有额外的钱。C. She supported herself through college.(她自食其力读完了大学)符合以上说法，故选C项。
18.细节理解题。根据第三段的She chose the UW-Eau Claire program at Misnistry Saint Joseph’s Hospital in Marshfield because she was able to pursue her four-year degree close to home. She could drive to class and be home in the evening to help with her kids.(她选择了位于马什菲尔德的圣约瑟夫医院的UW-Eau Claire项目，因为她可以在离家近的地方攻读四年的学位。她可以开车去上课，晚上可以回家照顾孩子)可知，Jennifer选择位于马什菲尔德的圣约瑟夫医院的UW-Eau Claire项目是因为离家近，这样便于照顾她的三个孩子。A. To take care of her kids easily.(为了方便照顾她的孩子)符合以上说法，故选A项。
19.细节理解题。根据最后一段的Jennifer sacrificed to achieve her goal, giving up many nights with her kids and missing important events to study.(Jennifer为了实现自己的目标牺牲了很多，她放弃了很多个和孩子待在一起的晚上，错过了很多重要的活动)可知，为了实现自己的目标Jennifer放弃了和家人待在一起的时光。B. Her time with family.(她与家人的时光)符合以上说法，故选B项。
20.推理判断题。根据最后一段的Through it all, she reminded in good academic standing and graduated with honors.(虽然经历了这些，但她一直保持着良好的学术地位，并以优异的成绩毕业)和However, her children have learned an important lesson witnessing their mother earn her degree. Jennifer is a first-generation graduate and an inspiration to her family-and that’s the pretty powerful.(然而，她的孩子们在见证母亲获得学位的过程中得到了重要的一课。Jennifer是第一代毕业生，这对她的家庭来说是一种激励--这是非常强大的。)可知，Jennifer在艰苦的环境中通过自己的努力不仅以优异的成绩毕业，还给孩子树立了榜样，同时也让家人得到了激励。由此推测，我们可以从Jennifer的故事中学到:努力总会有回报。C. Hard work pays off.(努力会得到回报)符合以上说法，故选C项。
5.（2020年，江苏卷）
Some important dates in China’s fighting Covid-19 before May 7,2020
Jan 20, 2020~ Feb 20,2020
Jan 23: Wuhan declared temporary outbound (向外的) traffic restrictions.
Jan 24: National medical teams began to be sent to Hubei and wuhan.
Jan 27: The Central Steering (指导) Group arrived in Wuhan.
Feb 18: The daily number of newly cured and discharged (出院) patients exceeded that of the newly confirmed cases.
Feb 21, 2020~ Mar 17,2020
Feb 21: Most provinces and equivalent administrative units started to lower their public health emergency response level.
Feb 24: The WHO-China Joint Mission on Covid-19 held a press conference in Beijing.
Mar 11-17: The epidemic (流行病) peak had passed in China as a whole.
Mar 18,2020 ~Apr 28,2020
Apr1: Chinese customs began NAT (核酸检测) on inbound arrivals at all points of entry.
Apr 8: Wuhan lifted outbound traffic restrictions.
Apr 26: The last Covid-19 patient in Wuhan was discharged from hospital.
Apr 29, 2020~ May 7,2020
Apr 30: The public health emergency response was lowered to Level 2 in the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region.
May 7: The State Council released Guidelines on Conducting Covid-19 Prevention and Control on an Ongoing Basis.
1.What happened between January 20 and February 20?
A.The Central Steering Group arrived in Wuhan.
B.The WHO-China Joint Mission on Covid-19 held a press conference.
C.The last Covid-19 patient in Wuhan was discharged from hospital.
D.Beijing lowered its emergency response level.
2.From which date were private cars allowed to go out of Wuhan?
A.January 23. B.March 11. C.April 8. D.May 7.
【答案】1.A 2.C
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了2020年5月7日前，中国抗击新冠肺炎的重要日期。
1.细节理解题。根据表格中Jan20, 2020-Feb 20，2020部分 Jan27: The Central Steering (指导) Group arrived in Wuhan.可知，在一月二十号到二月二十号之间，中央领导小组抵达武汉。故选A。
2.推理判断题。根据表格中Mar18, 2020-Apr28, 2020部分Apr 8: Wuhan lifted outbound traffic restrictions(4月8日:武汉取消出境交通限制)可推知，从四月八日起，私家车被允许离开武汉。故选C。
6.（2020年1月，浙江卷）
I never knew anyone who’d grown up in Jackson without being afraid of Mrs. Calloway our librarian. She ran Jackson’s Carnegie Library absolutely by herself. SILENCE in big black letters was on signs hung everywhere. If she thought you were dressed improperly, she sent you straight back home to change your clothes. I was willing；I would do anything to read.
My mother was not afraid of Mrs. Calloway. She wished me to have my own library card to check out books for myself, She took me in to introduce me. “Eudora is nine years old and has my permission to read any book she wants from the shelves, children or adults,” Mother said.
Mrs. Calloway made her own rules about books. You could not take back a book to the library on the same day you`d taken it out；it made no difference to her that you’d read every word in it and needed another to start. You could take out two books at a time and two only. So two by two, I read library books as fast as I could go, rushing them home in the basket of my bicycle. From the minute I reached our house, I started to read. I knew this was extreme happiness, knew it at the time.
My mother shared this feeling of mine. Now, I think of her as reading so much of the time while doing something else. I remember her reading a magazine while taking the part of the Wolf in a game of "Little Red Riding Hood" with my brother's two daughters. She'd just look up at the right time, long enough to answer– in character –"The better to eat you with, my dear," and go back to her place in the magazine article.
21.Which of the following best described Mrs. Calloway?
A.diet. B.Strict. C.Humorous. D.Considerate.
22.What do the underlined words "this feeling" refer to in the last paragraph?
A.Desire to read. B.Love for Mrs. Calloway.
C.Interest in games. D.Fear of the library rules.
23.Where is the text probably from?
A.guidebook. B.an autobiography. C.a news report. D.book review.
【答案】21.B 22.A 23.B
【解析】
这是一篇记叙文。文章主要内容为作者非常喜爱阅读，并保持着在图书馆中阅读和借阅书籍的习惯，而作者的母亲也和作者一样拥有对读书的渴望。
21.推理判断题。根据第一段中I never knew anyone who’d grown up in Jackson without being afraid of Mrs. Calloway our librarian. （我从来没见过哪个在杰克逊长大的人不害怕我们的图书管理员卡洛维夫人）以及SILENCE in big black letters was on signs hung everywhere. If she thought you were dressed improperly, she sent you straight back home to change your clothes.（到处都挂着牌子，上面用黑色的大字写着“肃静”。如果她认为你穿得不合适，她会直接让你回家换衣服）可知Mrs. Calloway很严格。故选B。
22.词义猜测题。根据下文Now, I think of her as reading so much of the time while doing something else.（现在，我觉得她在做其他事情的同时，也在阅读）可知作者的妈妈也非常喜欢阅读，故作者的母亲渴望读书和作者是一样的。故划线短语意思为“渴望读书”。故选A。
23.推理判断题。结合文章主要内容可知，作者非常喜爱阅读，并保持着在图书馆中阅读和借阅书籍的习惯，而作者的母亲也和作者一样渴望读书。故可推测文章可能来自于一份自传。故选B。
7.（2018年3月，天津卷）
With a satisfied smile, Keisha finished the last sentence of her English essay about one of her heroes, Rosa Parks, an important figure in the Civil Rights Movement.
“Keisha,” her mother shouted from downstairs. “It’s almost 4:15.”
“Don’t worry. I won’t be late. ” Keisha pulled down a storybook from her bookshelf， as she always read to the nursing home’s residents. And on an impulse（一时心血来潮）, she added her English notebook as well.
As Keisha came running in the door, the manager told her, “We have a new resident this week, Mrs. Ruby Watson. She’s still adjusting to her new surroundings. You’ll find her in Room 28. And by the way, Keisha, good luck.”
Keisha walked down the hallway at a quick pace. As she entered Room 28, she met two sharp brown eyes staring at her doubtfully.
“I’m Keisha Jackson, a volunteer,” Keisha explained. “I come here to help pass the time with residents, or read to them, or, . . .” Keisha started stammering（结巴）as Mrs.
Watson continued to stare at her.
“I didn’t request anyone to keep me company,” Mrs. Watson interrupted. “I’m alone most of the time, and that’s how I prefer it.”
“I brought along some funny stories,” Keisha said hesitantly.
“I’m not in the mood for funny stories,” Mrs. Watson replied angrily. “What else do you have?”
Nervously, Keisha opened her notebook to her essay. She read the title aloud, “Rosa
Parks: A Woman of Courage and Conviction（信念）.” She glanced at Mrs. Watson to see how she might react, but to her surprise, Mrs. Watson’s face relaxed and her eyes shone.
“Read to me about Rosa,” Mrs. Watson said.
Keisha read how Rosa Parks’ refusal to give up her seat to a white passenger on a bus in 1955 inspired the protest that became a turning point in the struggle for civil rights.
“I walked with Rosa Parks and Dr. Martin Luther King,” Mrs. Watson said with pride. “That was the greatest moment of my life because…” She paused.
“Because… you were a woman of courage and conviction too.”
Sitting up straighter, Mrs. Watson said, “Yes, I was and I still am. Thank you for reminding me, Keisha. Next Thursday, I will tell you my story.”
24.Why did Keisha take her English notebook along?
A.Her mother asked her to take it. B.She would hand it in on her way.
C.She might read her essay to someone. D.The manager wanted to read her essay.
25.Why did the manager wish Keisha good luck before she visited Mrs. Watson?
A.Mrs. Watson could be difficult. B.Mrs. Watson was in poor health.
C.Keisha was feeling nervous. D.Keisha was a shy person.
26.Mrs. Watson’s eyes (Para. 10) suggested that she was ______.
A.amused B.puzzled
C.annoyed D.interested
27.What effect did Keisha’s essay have on Mrs. Watson?
A.It aroused her curiosity in volunteer work.
B.It built up her expectation for more visitors.
C.It awoke her pride in her struggle for civil rights.
D.It changed her attitude to the Civil Rights Movement.
28.Readers may find this story inspiring because ______.
A.a girl enjoys learning about her heroes B.a girl helps someone feel appreciated
C.a woman overcomes hardship by herself D.a woman gathers the courage for life
【答案】24.C 25.A 26.D 27.C 28.B
【解析】
这是一篇记叙文。短文讲述了Keisha 与Mrs. Watson 之间的故事。
24.细节理解题，由第一段“ And on an impulse（一时心血来潮）, she added her English notebook as well.”一时心血来潮，她拿上了英语笔记本。以及第十段“Nervously, Keisha opened her notebook to her essay. She read the title aloud.”可知， Keisha紧张地把笔记翻到她写的文章。她大声地朗读着标题。所以为什么凯莎带着她的英语笔记本是因为她可能会把她的文章读给别人听。故选C项。
25.推理判断题。由第三段“She’s still adjusting to her new surroundings.”她还在适应新环境。以及第九段“I didn’t request anyone to keep me company,” Mrs. Watson interrupted. “I’m alone most of the time, and that’s how I prefer it.”我没有要求任何人陪我，” Mrs. Watson打断了她的话。“我大部分时间都是一个人，这就是我喜欢的方式。由此判断出为什么经理在Keisha拜访Mrs. Watson之前祝她好运是因为 Mrs. Watson 可能很难相处。故选A项。
26.推理判断题。由第十段“She glanced at Mrs. Watson to see how she might react, but to her surprise, Mrs. Watson’s face relaxed and her eyes shone. Read to me about Rosa,” Mrs. Watson said.”她瞥了Mrs. Watson一眼，想看看她会有什么反应，但出乎意料的是，Mrs. Watson的脸放松了，眼睛闪闪发光。“给我讲讲罗莎，” Mrs. Watson说。由此判断出Mrs. Watson的眼睛表明她很感兴趣。故选D项。
27.细节理解题。由第十二段“I walked with Rosa Parks and Dr. Martin Luther King,” Mrs. Watson said with pride. “That was the greatest moment of my life because…” She paused.”可知，我和罗莎·帕克斯和马丁·路德·金博士一起散步,Mrs. Watson骄傲地说。“那是我一生中最伟大的时刻因为......”她停顿了一会。所以Keisha的文章唤起了Mrs. Watson为争取公民权利而斗争的自豪感。故选C项。
28.推理判断题。由第三段“She’s still adjusting to her new surroundings.”她还在适应新环境。以及第九段“I didn’t request anyone to keep me company,” Mrs. Watson interrupted. “I’m alone most of the time, and that’s how I prefer it.”我没有要求任何人陪我，”Mrs. Watson打断了她的话。“我大部分时间都是一个人，这就是我喜欢的方式。可知，Mrs. Watson 是个很难相处的人，再由第十二段“I walked with Rosa Parks and Dr. Martin Luther King,” Mrs. Watson said with pride. “That was the greatest moment of my life because…” She paused.”可知，我和罗莎·帕克斯和马丁·路德·金博士一起散步”Mrs. Watson骄傲地说。“那是我一生中最伟大的时刻因为......”她停顿了一会。可知，Keisha的文章这唤起了Mrs. Watson为争取公民权利而斗争的自豪感。所以判断出读者可能会觉得这个故事很鼓舞人心，是因为一个女孩能帮助别人感到被重视。故选B项。
8.（2019年，全国卷Ⅲ)）
For Western designers, China and its rich culture have long been an inspiration for Western creative.
“It’s no secret that China has always been a source(来源) of inspiration for designers,” says Amanda Hill, chief creative officer at A+E Networks, a global media company and home to some of the biggest fashion(时尚) shows.
Earlier this year, the China Through A Looking Glass exhibition in New York exhibited 140 pieces of China-inspired fashionable clothing alongside Chinese works of art, with the aim of exploring the influence of Chinese aesthetics(美学) on Western fashion and how China has fueled the fashionable imagination for centuries. The exhibition had record attendance, showing that there is huge interest in Chinese influences.
“China is impossible to overlook,” says Hill. “Chinese models are the faces of beauty and fashion campaigns that sell dreams to women all over the world, which means Chinese women are not just consumers of fashion — they are central to its movement.” Of course, not only are today’s top Western designers being influenced by China—some of the best designers of contemporary fashion are themselves Chinese. “Vera Wang, Alexander Wang, Jason Wu are taking on Galliano, Albaz, Marc Jacobs—and beating them hands down in design and sales,” adds Hill.
For Hill, it is impossible not to talk about China as the leading player when discussing fashion. “The most famous designers are Chinese, so are the models, and so are the consumers,” she says. “China is no longer just another market; in many senses it has become the market. If you talk about fashion today, you are talking about China—its influences, its direction, its breathtaking clothes, and how young designers and models are finally acknowledging that in many ways.”
29.What can we learn about the exhibition in New York?
A.It promoted the sales of artworks. B.It attracted a large number of visitors.
C.It showed ancient Chinese clothes. D.It aimed to introduce Chinese models.
30.What does Hill say about Chinese women?
A.They are setting the fashion. B.They start many fashion campaigns.
C.They admire super models. D.They do business all over the world.
31.What do the underlined words “taking on” in paragraph 4 mean?
A.learning from B.looking down on C.working with D.competing against
32.What can be a suitable title for the text?
A.Young Models Selling Dreams to the World
B.A Chinese Art Exhibition Held in New York
C.Differences Between Eastern and Western Aesthetics
D.Chinese Culture Fueling International Fashion Trends
【答案】29.B 30.A 31.D 32.D
【解析】
这是一篇议论文。文章论述了中国文化及中国美学对国际时尚界的影响。
29.细节理解题。根据第三段中The exhibition had record attendance, showing that there is huge interest in Chinese influences.可知，此次展览吸引的参观者人数创下了记录，显示出人们对中国影响的浓厚兴趣。故选B。
30.细节理解题。根据第四段中Hill所说的话“Chinese models are the faces of beauty and fashion campaigns that sell dreams to women all over the world, which means Chinese women are not just consumers of fashion — they are central to its movement.”(中国模特是向世界各地的女性推销梦想的美丽和时尚运动的面孔，这意味着中国女性不仅仅是时尚的消费者——她们是这场运动的核心。)可知，Hill说中国女性正在引领新时尚，故选A。
31.词义猜测题。根据下文and beating them hands down in design and sales说在设计和销售上击败他们，由此推断出上文Vera Wang, Alexander Wang, Jason Wu are taking on Galliano, Albaz, Mare Jacobs的意思是Vera Wang、Alexander Wang和Jason Wu正在与Galliano、Albaz和 Mare Jacobs竞争。taking on意思是“竞争”，故选D。
32.主旨大意题。本文通过Amanda Hill的评论，论述了中国文化、中国艺术、中国设计师等等在国际时尚中发挥着非常重要的作用。因此，“中国文化刺激着国际时尚的发展和潮流”最能概括文章大意。故选D。
9.（2015年，全国卷I）
Salvador Dali (1904—1989) was one of the most popular of modern artists. The Pompidou Centre in Paris is showing its respect and admiration for the artist and his powerful personality with an exhibition bringing together over 200 paintings, sculptures, drawings and more. Among the works and masterworks on exhibition the visitor will find the best pieces, most importantly The Persistence of Memory. There is also L’Enigme sans Fin from 1938, works on paper, objects, and projects for stage and screen and selected parts from television programmes reflecting the artist’s showman qualities.
The visitor will enter the World of Dali through an egg and is met with the beginning, the world of birth. The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitor exiting through the brain.
The exhibition shows how Dali draws the viewer between two infinities (无限). ＂From the infinity small to the infinity large, contraction and expansion coming in and out of focus: amazing Flemish accuracy and the showy Baroque of old painting that he used in his museum-theatre in Figueras,＂ explains the Pompidou Centre.
The fine selection of the major works was done in close collaboration (合作) with the Museo Nacional Reina Sofia in Madrid, Spain, and with contributions from other institutions like the Salvador Dali Museum in St. Petersburg.
33.Which of the following best describe Dali according to Paragraph 1?
A.Optimistic. B.Productive.
C.Generous. D.Traditional.
34.What is Dali’s The Persistence of Memory considered to be?
A.One of his masterworks. B.A successful screen adaptation.
C.An artistic creation for the stage. D.One of the beat TV programmes.
35.How are the exhibits arranged at the World of Dali?
A.By popularity. B.By importance.
C.By size and shape. D.By time and subject.
36.What does the word ＂contributions＂ in the last paragraph refer to?
A.Artworks. B.Projects.
C.Donations. D.Documents.
【答案】33.B 34.A 35.D 36.A
【解析】萨尔瓦多·达利是最受欢迎的现代艺术家之一，巴黎的蓬皮杜艺术中心展示了他200多幅油画，雕塑和绘画等作品。展览是按时间和主题展示，展品融合了多种风格，显示了萨尔瓦多·达利非凡的艺术才能。
33. 推理判断题。根据第一段The Pompidou Centre in Paris is showing its respect and admiration for the artist and his powerful personality with an exhibition bringing together over 200 paintings, sculptures, drawings and more.可知，巴黎蓬皮杜艺术中心的展览汇集了达利200多件油画、雕塑、绘画等作品，由此可以推断出他是一个多产的（productive）艺术家。对于他的"乐观"、"慷慨"和"传统"，文中没有信息句支持。故选B。
34.推理判断题。根据第一段第三句Among the works and masterworks on exhibition the visitor will find the best pieces, most importantlyThe Persistence of Memory.可知，The Persistence of Memory是他的杰作之一。故选A。
35. 推理判断题。根据文章第二段第二句The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitor exiting through the brain.可知，达利的作品展览是按照时间和主题组织的，对于按照"流行度""重要性""尺寸和形状"等这样的形式，文中并无信息支持。故选D。
36.猜测词义题。根据最后一段可知，最后一段强调了对主要作品进行了精选（the fine selection of the major works），又点明contributions来自其他机构，所以可推断出 contributions 应该属于 works 的范畴。contributions指“贡献”，与C项同义，故选A。
10.（2017年11月，浙江高考）
When I was in fourth grade, I worked part-time as a paperboy. Mrs. Stanley was one of my customers. She’d watch me coming down her street, and by the time I’d biked up to her doorstep, there’d be a cold drink waiting. I’d sit and drink while she talked.
Mrs. Stanley talked mostly about her dead husband, “Mr. Stanley and I went shopping this morning.” she’d say. The first time she said that, soda(汽水) went up my nose.
I told my father how Mrs. Stanley talked as if Mr. Stanley were still alive. Dad said she was probably lonely, and that I ought to sit and listen and nod my head and smile, and maybe she’d work it out of her system. So that’s what I did, and it turned out Dad was right. After a while she seemed content to leave her husband over at the cemetery(墓地).
I finally quit delivering newspapers and didn’t see Mrs. Stanley for several years. Then we crossed paths at a church fund-raiser(募捐活动). She was spooning mashed potatoes and looking happy. Four years before, she’d had to offer her paperboy a drink to have someone to talk with. Now she had friends. Her husband was gone, but life went on.
I live in the city now, and my paperboy is a lady named Edna with three kids. She asks me how I’m doing. When I don’t say “fine”, she sticks around to hear my problems. She’s lived in the city most of her life, but she knows about community. Community isn’t so much a place as it is a state of mind. You find it whenever people ask how you’re doing because they care, and not because they’re getting paid to do so. Sometimes it’s good to just smile, nod your head and listen.
37.Why did soda go up the author’s nose one time?
A.He was talking fast. B.He was shocked.
C.He was in a hurry. D.He was absent-minded.
38.Why did the author sit and listen to Mrs. Stanley according to Paragraph 3?
A.He enjoyed the drink. B.He wanted to be helpful.
C.He took the chance to rest. D.He tried to please his dad.
39.Which of the following can replace the underlined phrase “work it out of her system”?
A.recover from her sadness B.move out of the neighborhood
C.turn to her old friends D.speak out about her past
40.What does the author think people in a community should do?
A.Open up to others. B.Depend on each other.
C.Pay for other’s help D.Care about one another.
【答案】37.B 38.B 39.A 40.D
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文讲述的是作者曾经是一个报童，他听从父亲的建议，关心一位丧偶的顾客Mrs. Stanley，每次去Mrs. Stanley家送报都会停留一会儿倾听她的故事。而作者多年后又被自家的报童关心着。由此作者感悟到社区邻里之间应多互相关心。
37.推理判断题。根据第二段中Mrs. Stanley talked mostly about her dead husband, “Mr. Stanley and I went shopping this morning,” she’d say. The first time she said that, soda (汽水) went up my nose.可推测，作者第一次听到Mrs. Stanley一直谈死去的丈夫时，汽水喝呛了，可以推断出作者当时极为震惊的。故选B。
38.推理判断题。根据第三段中Dad said she was probably lonely, and that I ought to sit and listen and nod my head and smile可知，爸爸说她很孤独，作者应该倾听她说话，并点头微笑，因此推断作者倾听Mrs. Stanley说话是为了消除她的孤独，对她有帮助。故选B。
39.短语猜测题。根据第三段最后一句After a while she seemed content to leave her husband over at the cemetery(墓地).可知，Mrs. Stanley看来已从失去丈夫的悲痛中走了出来，说明画线部分描述的是：她可能“消除自己的悲伤情绪，从悲伤中走出来了”。故选A。
40.推理判断题。根据最后一段You find it whenever people ask how you’re doing because they care,以及作者的经历，作者想要表明的观点是社区邻里间应该互相关心。故选D。
11.（2016年，全国卷III）
On one of her trips to New York several years ago, Eudora Welty decided to take a couple of New York friends out to dinner. They settled in at a comfortable East Side cafe and within minutes, another customer was approaching their table.
“Hey, aren’t you from Mississippi?” the elegant, white-haired writer remembered being asked by the stranger. “I’m from Mississippi too.”
Without a second thought, the woman joined the Welty party. When her dinner partner showed up, she also pulled up a chair.
“They began telling me all the news of Mississippi,” Welty said. “I didn’t know what my New York friends were thinking.”
Taxis on a rainy New York night are rarer than sunshine. By the time the group got up to leave, it was pouring outside. Welty’s new friends immediately sent a waiter to find a cab. Heading back downtown toward her hotel, her big-city friends were amazed at the turn of events that had changed their Big Apple dinner into a Mississippi.
“My friends said: ‘Now we believe your stories,’” Welty added. “And I said: ‘Now you know. These are the people that make me write them.’”
Sitting on a sofa in her room, Welty, a slim figure in a simple gray dress, looked pleased with this explanation.
“I don’t make them up,” she said of the characters in her fiction these last 50 or so years. “I don’t have to.”
Beauticians, bartenders, piano players and people with purple hats, Welty’s people come from afternoons spent visiting with old friends, from walks through the streets of her native Jackson, Miss., from conversations overheard on a bus. It annoys Welty that, at 78, her left ear has now given out. Sometimes, sitting on a bus or a train, she hears only a fragment(片段) of a particularly interesting story.
41.What happened when Welty was with her friends at the cafe?
A.Two strangers joined her.
B.Her childhood friends came in.
C.A heavy rain ruined the dinner.
D.Some people held a party there.
42.The underlined word “them” in Paragraph 6 refers to Welty’s ________.
A.readers B.parties
C.friends D.stories
43.What can we learn about the characters in Welty’s fiction?
A.They live in big cities.
B.They are mostly women.
C.They come from real life.
D.They are pleasure seekers.
【答案】41.A 42.D 43.C
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章介绍了一位女作家请纽约的朋友吃饭时发生的故事。Welty是一位年纪比较大的作家，她来自密西西比。Welty的作品都是来自于现实的生活。
41.细节理解题。根据第一段的＂another customer was approaching their table＂和第三段的＂the woman joined the Welty party. When her dinner partner showed up, she also pulled up a chair＂可知，先后有两个陌生人（一位女士及其同伴）加入了Welty的聚会，故选A。42.猜测词义题。画线的them指代前面提到的人或物，根据＂Now we believe your stories＂可知，them指代的是Welty写的小说里面的故事，听了Welty和两个陌生人的有关密西西比的谈话之后，Welty的朋友相信了Welty小说里的故事都是来源于生活，故选D。
43.推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中＂I don’t make them up＂和最后一段最后一句＂Sometimes, sitting on a bus or a train, she hears only a fragment(片段) of a particularly interesting story.＂可知，Welty小说里的人物并不是虚构的，他们都来源于现实生活，故选C。
12.（2016年，浙江卷）
Two things changed my life: my mother and a white plastic bike basket. I have thought long and hard about it and it’s true. I would be a different person if my mom hadn’t turned a silly bicycle accessory into a life lesson I carry with me today.
My mother and father were united in their way of raising children, but it mostly fell to my mother to actually carry it out. Looking back, I honestly don’t know how she did it. Managing the family budget must have been a very hard task., but she made it look effortless. If we complained about not having what another kid did, we’d hear something like, “I don’t care what so –and –so got for his birthday, you are not getting a TV in your room a car for your birthday a lsvish sweet 16 party.” We had to earn our allowance by doing chores around the house. I can still remember how long it took to polish the legs of our coffee table.My brothers can no doubt remember hours spent cleaning the house .Like the two little girls growing up at the White House,we made our own beds (no one left the house until that was done)and picked up after ourselves.We had to keep track of our belongings ,and if something was lost ,it was not replaced.
It was summer and ,one day ,my mother drove me to the bike shop to get a tire fixed---and there it was in the window, White, shiny, plastic and decorated with flowers ,the basket winked at me and I knew ----I knew---I had to have it.
“It’s beautiful,” my mother said when I pointed it out to her,”What a neat basket.”
I tried to hold off at first ,I played it cool for a short while. But then I guess I couldn’t at and it any longer:“Mom, please can I please ,please get it? I ‘ll do extra chores for as long as you say, I’ll do anything ,but I need that basket,I love that basket.Please ,Mom .Please?”
I was desperate.
“You know,” she said ,gently rubbing my back while we both stared at what I believes was the coolest thing ever,” If you save up you could buy this yourself.”
“By the time I make enough it’ll be gone!”
“Maybe Roger here could hold it for you,” she smiled at Roger ,the bike guy.
“He can’t hold it for that long ,Mom .Someone else will buy it .Please, Mom,Please?”
“There might be another way,” she said.
And so our paying plan unfolded. My mother bought the beautiful basket and put it safely in some hiding place I couldn’t find. Each week I eagerly counted my growing saving increased by extra work here and there (washing the car ,helping my mother make dinner, delivering or collecting things on my bike that already looked naked without the basket in front).And then ,weeks later ,I counted ,re-counted and jumped for joy. Oh ,happy day ! I made it! I finally had the exact amount we’d agreed upon….
Days later the unthinkable happened. A neighborhood girl I’d played with millions of times appeared with the exact same basket fixed to her shiny ,new bike that already had all the bells and whistles. I rode hard and fast home to tell my mother about this disaster. This horrible turn of events.
And then came the lesson . I’ve taken with me through my life:” Honey, Your basket is extra-special,” Mom said, gently wiping away my hot tears.” Your basket is special because you paid for it yourself.”
44.What can we learn from the first two paragraphs?
A.The children enjoyed doing housework.
B.The author came from s well-off family
C.The mother raised her children in an unusual way
D.The children were fond of the US president’s daughters.
45.When the author saw the basket in the window, she .
A.fell in love with it B.stared at her mother
C.recognized it at once D.went up to the bike guy
46.Why did the author say many “please” to her mother?
A.She longed to do extra work. B.She was eager to have the basket.
C.She felt tired after standing too long. D.She wanted to be polite to her mother.
47.By using“naked” (Paragraph 12),the author seems to stress that the basket was
A.something she could afford B.something important to her
C.something impossible to get D.something she could do without
48.To the author, it seemed to be a horrible turn of events that
A.something spoiled her paying plan
B.the basket cost more than she had saved
C.a neighborhood girl had bought a new bike
D.someone else had got a basket of the same kind
49.What is the life lesson the author learned from her mother?
A.Save money for a rainy day B.Good advice is beyond all price.
C.Earn your bread with your sweat D.God helps those who help themselves
【答案】44.C 45.A 46.B 47.B 48.D 49.C
【解析】
本文为一篇记叙文。作者回忆自己母亲对孩子不寻常的教育方法。通过一个自行车篮子的事情，母亲教会作者什么事情都要自力更生，通过自己努力得到的东西才是最珍贵的。
44.推理判断题。根据第二段的“We had to earn our allowance by doing chores around the house…we made our own beds (no one left the house until that was done)and picked up after ourselves.We had to keep track of belongs, and if something was lost, it was not replaced.”可知，我们不得不做些家务来赚取零用钱……我们自己铺床(不铺床谁也不出门)，自己收拾东西。我们必须看好自己的东西，如果有什么东西丢失了，就不会有替代品。由此判断出作者的母亲用不寻常的方法教育孩子。故选C。
45.细节理解题。根据第三段的“and there it was in the window. White, shiny, plastic and decorated with flowers,the basket winked at me and I knew—I knew—I had to have it.”可知，它就在橱窗里。白色、闪亮、塑料、装饰着鲜花的篮子向我眨着眼睛，我知道——我知道——我必须拥有它。所以当作者在橱窗里面看见这个篮子时就喜欢上了它。故选A。
46.推理判断题。根据第五段的“I tried to hold off at first,I played it cool for a short while. But then I guess I couldn’t stand it any longer”可知，一开始我试着拖延，但我还是冷静了一会儿。但我想我再也无法忍受了。由此判断出作者说了很多“pleases”，是因为她渴望拥有这个篮子。故选B。
47.推理判断题。根据第十二段的“washing the car, helping my mother make dinner, delivering or collecting things on my bike that already looked naked without the basket in front”可知作者觉得没有这个篮子，自行车看起来光秃秃的，使用“naked”这个词，说明这个篮子对她而言是重要的东西。故选B。
48.推理判断题。根据第十三段的“A neighborhood girl I’d played with millions of times appeared with the exact same basket fixed to her shiny,new bike that already had all the bells and whistles.” 一个和我一起玩了数百万次的邻居们女孩出现了，她那辆闪闪发光的新自行车上挂着一个完全一样的篮子，上面已经挂满了铃铛和口哨。由此判断出作者认为其他人有和她相同的篮子是一个灾难。故选D。
49.推理判断题。根据最后一段“Your basket is special because you paid for it yourself.”可知，你的篮子很特别，因为是你自己付的钱。结合短文可知，作者回忆自己母亲对孩子不寻常的教育方法。通过一个自行车篮子的事情，母亲教会作者什么事情都要自力更生，通过自己努力得到的东西才是最珍贵的。由此判断出作者的妈妈教育作者要通过自己的努力获得想要的东西，也就是Earn your bread with your sweat。故选C。
13.（2017年，全国卷I）
I work with Volunteers for Wildlife, a rescue and education organization at Bailey Arboretum in Locust Valley. Trying to help injured, displaced or sick creatures can be heartbreaking; survival is never certain. However, when it works, it is simply beautiful.
I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown. She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the ground. When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl. It had already been placed in a carrier for safety.
I examined the chick(雏鸟) and it seemed fine. If I could locate the nest, I might have been able to put it back, but no luck. My next work was to construct a nest and anchor it in a tree.
The homeowner was very helpful. A wire basket was found. I put some pine branches into the basket to make this nest safe and comfortable. I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly calmed down.
Now all that was needed were the parents, but they were absent. I gave the homeowner a recording of the hunger screams of owl chicks. These advertise the presence of chicks to adults; they might also encourage our chick to start calling as well. I gave the owner as much information as possible and headed home to see what news the night might bring.
A nervous night to be sure, but sometimes the spirits of nature smile on us all! The homeowner called to say that the parents had responded to the recordings. I drove over and saw the chick in the nest looking healthy and active. And it was accompanied in the nest by the greatest sight of all — LUNCH! The parents had done their duty and would probably continue to do so.
50.What is unavoidable in the author’s rescue work according to paragraph 1?
A.Efforts made in vain.
B.Getting injured in his work.
C.Feeling uncertain about his future.
D.Creatures forced out of their homes.
51.Why was the author called to Muttontown?
A.To rescue a woman.
B.To take care of a woman.
C.To look at a baby owl.
D.To cure a young owl.
52.What made the chick calm down?
A.A new nest.
B.Some food.
C.A recording.
D.Its parents.
53.How would the author feel about the outcome of the event?
A.It’s unexpected.
B.It’s beautiful.
C.It’s humorous.
D.It’s discouraging.
【答案】50.A 51.C 52.A 53.B
【解析】
本文是一篇记叙文。本文主要介绍了作者救助一只小猫头鹰，给它做新的窝，帮助它回到父母身边的故事。
50.细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的Trying to help injured, displaced or sick creatures can be heartbreaking; survival is never certain.可知，救助受伤动物是令人心碎的，因为不知道救助的动物是否能活下去，也就是为救助动物而花费的努力可能会白费，这是不可避免的。故选A。
51.细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the ground. When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl可知，有人给作者打电话是因为有只小猫头鹰掉在地上了，作者赶过去看看情况。文中并没有说小猫头鹰受伤了，作者只是过去看情况，所以D选项错误。故选C。
52.推理判断题。根据文章第四段中的I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly calmed down可知，在作者把小猫头鹰放在窝里之后，它很快就安静下来，所以是窝让小猫头鹰安静下来的。故选A。
53.推理判断题。根据前文描述可知，作者为小猫头鹰做了窝，并且帮助它找回了它的父母。小猫头鹰的父母还为它带回了午餐。作者的救助成功了，说明结局是美好的。再结合第一段的However, when it works, it is simply beautiful.可推测，作者感觉很美好。故选B。
14.（2013年，重庆卷）
The morning had been a disaster. My tooth was aching, and I’d been in an argument with a friend. Her words still hurt: “The trouble with you is that you won’t put yourself in my place. Can’t you see things from my point of view?”I shook my head stubbornly--and felt the ache in my tooth. I’d thought I could hold out till my dentist came back from holiday, but the pain was really unbearable. I started calling the dentists in the phone book, but no one could see me immediately. Finally, at about lunch time, I got lucky.
“If you come by right now,” the receptionist said, “the dentist will fit you in.”
I took my purse and keys and rushed to my car. But suddenly I began to doubt about the dentist. What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice? Why wasn’t he as busy as the others?
In the dentist’s office, I sat down and looked around. I saw nothing but the bare walls and I became even more worried. The assistant noticed my nervousness and placed her warm hand over my ice-cold one.
When I told her my fears, she laughed and said, “Don’t worry. The dentist is very good.”
“How long do I have o wait for him?”I asked impatiently.
“Come on, he is coming. Just lie down and relax. And enjoy the artwork,” the assistant said.
“The artwork?” I was puzzled.
The chair went back, suddenly I smiled. There was a beautiful picture, right where I could enjoy it :on the ceiling. How considerate the dentist was! At that moment, I began to understand what my friend meant by her words.
What a relief!
54.Which of the following best describes the author’s feeling that morning?
A.Cheerful. B.Nervous. C.Upset. D.Satisfied.
55.What made the author begin to doubt about the dentist?
A.The dentist’s agreeing to treat her at very short notice.
B.The dentist’s being as busy as the other dentists.
C.The surroundings of the dentist’s office.
D.The laughing assistant of the dentist.
56.Why did the author suddenly smile?
A.Because the dentist came at last.
B.Because the assistant kept comforting her.
C.Because she could relax in the chair,
D.Because she saw a picture on the ceiling.
57.What did the author lean from her experience most probably?
A.Strike while the iron is hot.
B.Have a good word for one’s friend
C.Put oneself in other’s shoes
D.A friend in need is a friend indeed.
【答案】54.C 55.A 56.D 57.C
【解析】
本文为记叙文。作者讲述了自己牙疼去看牙医的经历。牙医为了减轻病人看病时的痛苦，在天花板上设计了一幅美术作品让病人欣赏，由此作者感悟到：要设身处地为他人着想。
54.推理判断题。根据第一段The morning had been a disaster. My tooth was aching. And I’d been in an argument with a friend. Her words still hurt:一大早牙疼，且与朋友争吵了，她的话深深伤害了我，由此判断出作者那天早上心情很不悦。故选C项。
55.细节理解题。根据第三段But suddenly I began to doubt about the dentist. What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice? Why wasn’t he as busy as the others?”可知，但是我突然开始怀疑牙医。什么样的牙医会如此急切地在如此短的时间内治疗一个人？为什么他不像其他人一样忙？所以作者对这个牙医在这么短时间就这么迫切想给病人医治的行为表示怀疑。故选A项。
56.细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段Suddenly I smiled. There was a beautiful picture, right where I could enjoy it: on the ceiling. 正是天花板上的漂亮的图片让作者会心的笑了。故选D项。
57.推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二段提到…I began to understand…by her words.（开始理解朋友所说话的意思），而在文章第一段提到…The trouble with you is that you won’t put yourself in my place…stubbornly.作者与朋友争吵了，朋友说作者的问题是不会为她着想。由此可推知作者感悟到：要要设身处地为别人着想。故选C
15.（2012年，全国卷）
About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film­studio (影棚) to take part in a crowd­scene. Although our “act” would last only for a short time，we could see quite a number of interesting things.
We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene，setting up trees at the edge of a winding path. Very soon, bright lights were turned on and the big movie­camera was wheeled into position. The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby. Since it was hot in the studio, it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path. A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in “snow”. Two more fans were turned on，and a “strong wind” blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.
The next scene was a complete contrast (对比). The way it was filmed was quite unusual. Pictures taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕). An actor and actress stood in front of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water's edge on an island. By a simple trick like this, palm trees, sandy beaches, and blue, clear skies had been brought into the studio!
Since it was our turn next，we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us. For a full three_minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film “stars”！
58.Who is the author?
A.A cameraman. B.A film director.
C.A crowd­scene actor. D.A workman for scene setting.
59.What made the author feel cold?
A.The heavy snowfall.
B.The man­made scene.
C.The low temperature.
D.The film being shown.
60.What would happen in the “three minutes” mentioned in the last paragraph?
A.A new scene would be filmed.
B.More stars would act in the film.
C.The author would leave the studio.
D.The next scene would be prepared.
【答案】58.C 59.B 60.A
【解析】文章介绍了自己作为群众演员参与的一次电影拍摄。本文属于故事类阅读，要抓住文章的细节和主要内容进行辨析理解。
58.C 细节题。根据第一段第一句About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene.说明我们是群众演员，故C正确。
59.B 细节题。根据第二段5,6行A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees.说明人造的雪景让我们感觉寒冷，故B正确。
60.A 推理题。根据最后一句For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!说明这里的three minutes指拍摄的电影中的这一新的场景，故A正确。
16.（2012年，福建卷）
Do you know how it is when you see someone yawn and you start yawning too? Or how hard it is to be among people laughing and not laugh yourself? Well, apparently it’s because we have mirror neurons (神经元) in our brains.
Put simply, the existence of mirror neurons suggests that every time we see someone else do something, our brains imitate it, whether or not we actually perform the same action. This explains a great deal about how we learn to smile, talk, walk, dance or play sports. But the idea goes further: mirror neurons not only appear to explain physical actions, they also tell us that there is a biological basis for the way we understand other people.
Mirror neurons can undoubtedly be found all over our brains, but especially in the area which relate to our ability to use languages, and to understand how other people feel. Researchers have found that mirror neurons relate strongly to language. A group of researchers discovered that if they gave people sentences to listen to (for example: “The hand took hold of the ball”), the same mirror neurons were triggered as when the action was actually performed (in this example, actually taking hold of a ball).
Any problems with mirror neurons may well result in problems with behavior. Much research suggests that people with social and behavioral problems have mirror neurons which are not fully functioning. However, it is not yet known exactly how these discoveries might help find treatments for social disorders.
Research into mirror neurons seems to provide us with ever more information concerning how humans behave and interact. Indeed, it may turn out to be the equivalent for neuroscience of what Einstein’s theory of relativity was for physics. And the next time you feel the urge to cough in the cinema when someone else does-well, perhaps you’ll understand why.
61.Mirror neurons can explain .
A.why we cry when we are hurt
B.why we cough when we suffer from a cold
C.why we smile when we see someone else smile
D.why we yawn when we see someone else stay up late
62.The underlined word “triggered” in the third paragraph probably means “ ”.
A.set off B.cut off
C.built up D.broken up
63.We can learn from the passage that mirror neurons .
A.relate to human behavior and interaction
B.control human physical actions and feelings
C.result in bad behavior and social disorders
D.determine our knowledge and language abilities
64.What is the passage mainly about?
A.Ways to find mirror neurons. B.Problems of mirror neurons.
C.Existence of mirror neurons. D.Functions of mirror neurons.
【答案】61.C 62.A 63.A 64.D
【解析】你知道别人打呵欠你也跟着打呵欠，在众多正在大笑的人群中而你很难不笑吗？这是你的神经元起作用，本文主要讲述神经元对于人类的行为和人类互动的作用。
61.C细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话the existence of mirror neurons suggests that every time we see someone else do something, our brains imitate (模仿)it，whether or not we actually perform the same action.可知答案为C项。
62.A 词义猜测题。根据下文的perform和本句的含义可知“如果他们给人们一些句子来听，那么他们就会发出同样的神经元和进行一些行为动作一样。所以划线部分单词意为“发出”和set off近义。
63.A推理判断题。根据最后一段第一句Research into mirror neurons seems to provide us with ever more information concerning how humans behave and interact(互动）可知答案。
64.D 主旨大意题。根据第一段的疑问句引出神经元和下文解释神经元对于人类行为和互动提供更多的信息可以知道本文主要告诉我们mirror neurons的作用，D项能概括文章大意。
17.（2015年，全国卷II）
My color television has given me nothing but a headache. I was able to buy it a little over a year ago because I had my relatives give me money for my birthday instead of a lot of clothes that wouldn’t fit. I let a salesclerk fool me into buying a discontinued model. I realized this a day later, when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid. The set worked so beautifully when I first got it home that I would keep it on until stations signed off for the night. Fortunately, I didn’t got any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed.
Then I started developing a problem with the set that involved static (静电) noise. For some reason, when certain shows switched into a commercial, a loud noise would sound for a few seconds. Gradually, this noise began to appear during a show, and to get rid of it. I had to change to another channel and then change it back. Sometimes this technique would not work, and I had to pick up the set and shake it to remove the sound. I actually began to build up my arm muscles (肌肉) shaking my set.
When neither of these methods removed the static noise, I would sit helplessly and wait for the noise to go away. At last I ended up hitting the set with my fist, and it stopped working altogether. My trip to the repair shop cost me $62, and the set is working well now, but I keep expecting more trouble.
65.Why did the author say he was fooled into buying the TV set?
A.He got an older model than he had expected.
B.He couldn’t return it when it was broken.
C.He could have bought it at a lower price.
D.He failed to find any movie shows on it.
66.Which of the following can best replace the phrase “signed off” in Paragraph 1?
A.ended all their programs B.provided fewer channels
C.changed to commercials D.showed all-night movies
67.How did the author finally get his TV set working again?
A.By shaking and hitting it. B.By turning it on and off.
C.By switching channels. D.By having it repaired.
68.How does the author sound when telling the story?
A.Curious B.Anxious
C.Cautious D.Humorous
【答案】65.C 66.A 67.D 68.D
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者被愚弄以较高的价格买了台电视，之后每天晚上沉迷于看电视，结果电视坏了，作者只好又花了一笔钱修电视的事情。
65.细节理解题。根据第一段when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid可知，当作者看到报纸上这个广告比他买的便宜了75块钱的时候，他感觉受愚弄了。故选C。
66.词义猜测题。根据文章The set worked so beautifully when I first got it home that I would keep it on until stations signed off for the night. Fortunately, I didn’t get any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed.(这台电视在刚买的时候如此之美以至于我会直到电视台signed off才关掉。幸运的是，没有频道是整个晚上播电影的，否则我永远都不会睡觉)可推知，划线词组意为“结束了他们所有的项目”。故选A。
67.细节理解题。根据文章最后一句My trip to the repair shop cost me $62, and the set is working well now.可知，作者在修理店花了62块钱修好了电视。故选D。
68.推理判断题。根据文章内容可知，作者是在用幽默的语气讲这件事情的。故选D。
18.（2014年，广西卷）
Arriving in Sydney on his own from India, my husband, Rashid, stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking for a house for me and our children.
During the first week of his stay, he went out one day to do some shopping. He came back in the late afternoon to discover that his suitcase was gone. He was extremely worried as the suitcase had all his important papers, including his passport.
He reported the case to the police and then sat there, lost and lonely in a strange city, thinking of the terrible troubles of getting all the paperwork organized again from a distant country while trying to settle down in a new one.
Late in the evening, the phone rang. It was a stranger. He was trying to pronounce my husband’s name and was asking him a lot of questions. Then he said they had found a pile of papers in their trash can(垃圾桶) that had been left out on the footpath.
My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and documents. Their young daughter had gone to the trash can and found a pile of unfamiliar papers. Her parents had carefully sorted them out, although they had found mainly foreign addresses on most of the documents. At last they had seen a half-written letter in the pile in which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend.
That family not only restored the important documents to us that day but also restored our faith and trust in people. We still remember their kindness and often send a warm wish their way.
69.What did Rashid plan to do after his arrival in Sydney?
A.Go shopping B.Find a house
C.Join his family D.Take a vacation
70.The girl’s parents got Rashid’s phone number from_________.
A.a friend of his family B.a Sydney policeman
C.a letter in his papers D.a stranger in Sydney
71.What does the underlined word “restored” in the last paragraph mean?
A.Showed B.Sent out
C.Delivered D.Gave back
72.Which of the following can be the best title for the text?
A.From India to Australia. B.Living in a New Country
C.Turning Trash to Treasure. D.In Search of New Friends.
【答案】69.B 70.C 71.D 72.C
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文中作者讲述了她们一家经历的一件事情。作者的丈夫不慎丢失了文件包，正当着急的时候，有人打电话给送了回来，原来是那家人发现他们家的小孩在垃圾桶旁边发现了这些文件，然后给送还了回来，通过这件事作者一家又找回了对人的信任。
69.细节理解题。根据文章首段Rashid, stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking for a short time while looking for a house可知，Rashid到了悉尼后，在旅馆待了很短一段时间就出去给家人找房子了。故选B。
70.细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段At last they had seen a half-written letter in the pile in which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend.可知，陌生人一家是通过作者丈夫文件中的一封信里的内容得知他的电话号码的，故答案选C。
71.猜测词义题。根据文章倒数第二段My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and documents.可知，那家人把捡到的文件送还给作者的丈夫，应该是“归还”文件，由此判断该词意思是“归还”。故选D。
72.主旨大意题。文章讲述了作者的丈夫丢失的物品被扔到了垃圾箱，但是有一个好心的家庭却把那些文件等整理好送还给作者的丈夫，这些别人眼里的垃圾对作者的丈夫来说非常重要，由此判断C选项内容更能体现文章中心。故选C。
19.（2009年，宁夏卷）
Computer programmer David Jones earns £35,000 a year designing new computer games, yet he cannot find a bank ready to let him have a credit card(信用卡). Instead, he has been told to wait another two years, until he is 18.
The 16-year-old works for a small firm in Liverpool, where the problem of most young people of his age is finding a job. David's firm releases(推出) two new games for the fast throwing computer market each month.
But David's biggest headache is what to do with his money. Even though he earns a lot, he cannot drive a car, take out a mortgage(抵押贷款), or get credit cards. David got his job with the Liverpool-based company four months ago, a year after leaving school with six O-levels and working for a time in a computer shop. "I got the job because the people who run the firm knew I had already written some programs," he said. David spends some of his money on records and clothes, and gives his mother 50 pounds a week. But most of his spare time is spent working.
"Unfortunately, computing was not part of our studies at school," he said. "But I had been studying it in books and magazines for four years in my spare time. I knew what I wanted to do and never considered staying on at school. Most people in this business are fairly young, anyway." David added: "I would like to earn a million and I suppose early retirement(退休) is a possibility. You never know when the market might disappear."
73.In what way is David different from people of his age?
A.He has a handsome income.
B.He lives with his mother.
C.He often goes out with friends.
D.He graduated with six O-levels.
74.What is one of the problems that David is facing now?
A.He has very little spare time.
B.He has no time to learn driving.
C.He is too young to get a credit card.
D.He will soon lose his job.
75.Why was David able to get the job in the company?
A.He had done well in all his exams.
B.He had written some computer programs.
C.He was good at playing computer games.
D.He had learnt to use computers at school.
76.Why did David decide to leave school and start working?
A.He received lots of job offers.
B.He was eager to help his mother.
C.He lost interest in school studies.
D.He wanted to earn his own living.
【答案】73.A 74.C 75.B 76.C
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍了一位16岁的电脑天才David，因为学会了电脑编程被一家游戏公司录取，赚得很高的工资。
73.推理判断题。根据第一句Computer programmer David Jones earns £35,000 a year designing new computer games可知16岁的David每年可以挣到£35,000，而他的同龄人仍然在上学。他们之间的差别就在于收入。故A项正确。
74.细节理解题。根据第一句he cannot find a bank ready to let him have a credit card(信用卡)可知没有银行给他办理信用卡，因为他年龄还不到18岁。无法办理信用卡是他面临的主要问题。故C项正确。
75.细节理解题。根据第三段第四句"I got the job because the people who run the firm knew I had already written some programs," he said.可知正是因为他之前写了一些电脑程序，所以公司老板才会雇佣他。故B项正确。
76.推理判断题。根据最后一段前两句"Unfortunately, computing was not part of our studies at school," he said. "But I had been studying it in books and magazines for four years in my spare time.可知学校里没有计算机课程，他只好在空闲时间自学电脑程序。于是他决定离开学校，也就是说他决定离开学校的原因是学校对他没有吸引力了。故C项正确。
20.（2008年，辽宁卷）
Tom was one of the brightest boys in the year,with supportive parents.But when he was 15 he suddenly stopped trying.He left school at 16 with only two scores for secondary school subjects.One of the reasons that made it cool for him not to care was the power of his peer（同龄人）group.
The lack of right male role models in many of their lives—at home and particularly in the school environment—means that their peers are the only people they have to judge themselves against.
They don't see men succeeding in society so it doesn't occur to them that they could make something of themselves.Without male teachers as a role model,the effect of peer actions and street culture is all-powerful.Boys want to be part of a club.However,schools can provide the environment for change,and provide the right role models for them.Teachers need to be trained to stop that but not in front of a child's peers.You have to do it one to one, because that is when you see the real child.
It's pointless sending a child home if he or she has done wrong.They see it as a welcome day off to watch television or play computer games.Instead,schools should have a special unit where a child who has done wrong goes for the day and gets advice about his problems—somewhere he can work away from his peers and go home after the other children.
77.Why did Tom give up studying?
A.He disliked his teachers.
B.His parents no longer supported him.
C.It's cool for boys of his age not to care about studies.
D.There were too many subjects in his secondary school.
78.What seems to have a bad effect on students like Tom?
A.Peer groups.
B.A special unit.
C.The student judges.
D.The home environment.
79.What should schools do to help the problem schoolboys?
A.Wait for their change patiently.
B.Train leaders of their peer groups.
C.Stop the development of street culture.
D.Give them lessons in a separate area.
80.A teacher's work is most effective with a schoolboy when he .
A.is with the boy alone
B.teaches the boy a lesson
C.sends the boy home as punishment
D.works together with another teacher
【答案】77.C 78.A 79.D 80.A
【解析】本文主要讲述了家庭和学校缺乏男性主导作用和同龄人对孩子的影响以及其应对措施。
77.C 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句One of the reasons that made it cool for him not to care was the power of his peer (同龄人) group.其中一个让他认为不在乎是一件很酷的事情的理由是同龄人的做法。可知答案选C。
78.A细节理解题。根据第二段最后一分句means that their peers are the only people they have to judge themselves against.意味着他们不得不从同龄人中调整过来。可知答案选A。
79.D细节理解题。根据最后一段最后一分句somewhere he can work away from his peers and go home after the other children.一个他可以远离同龄人学习然后在其他孩子之后回家的地方。可知答案选D
80.A细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句You have to do it one to one, because that is when you see the real child.你必须一对一地去做这件事，因为这才是你能看到孩子最真实的一面。可知答案选A。
21.（2015年，重庆卷）
At thirteen, I was diagnosed (诊断)with a kind of attention disorder. It made school difficult for me. When everyone else in the class was focusing on tasks, I could not.
In my first literature class, Mrs. Smith asked us to read a story and their write on it, all within 45minutes. I raised my hand right away and said, “Mrs. Smith, you see, the doctor said I have attention problems. I might not be able to do it.”
She glanced down at me through her glasses, “you are not different from your classmates, young man. ”
I tried, but I didn’t finish the reading when the bell rang. I had to take it homie.
In the quietness of my bedroom; the ‘story suddenly all became clear to me. It was about a blind person, Louis Braille. He lived in a time when the blind couldn’t get much education. But Louis didn’t give up. Instead, he invented a reading system of raise dots(点), which opened up a whole new world of knowledge to the blind.
Wasn’t I the “blind”in my class; being made to learn like the “sighted” students? My thoughts spilled out(溢出)and my pen started to dance. I completed the task within 40 minutes. Indeed, I was not different from others; I just needed a quieter place: If Louis could find his “Way out of his problems, why should I ever give up?”
I didn’t expect anything when I handed in my paper to Mrs.Smith, so it was quite a surprise when it came back to ‘me the next day-. with an “A”on it. At the bottom of the paper were these words:. “See what you can do when you keep trying?”
81.The author didn’t finish the reading in class because .
A.He was new to the class
B.He was tried of literature
C.He had an attention disorder
D.He wanted to take the task home
82.What do we know about Louis Braille from the passage?
A.He had good sight
B.He made a great invention.
C.He gave up reading
D.He learned a lot from school
83.What was Mrs. Smith’s attitude to the author at the end of the story?
A.Angry
B.Impatient
C.Sympathetic
D.Encouraging
84.What is the main idea of the passage?
A.The disabled should be treated with respect.
B.A teacher can open up a new world to students.
C.One can find his way out of difficulties with efforts.
D.Everyone needs a hand when faced with challenges.
【答案】81.C 82.B 83.D 84.C
【解析】作者患上了注意力障碍症，无法完成老师布置的作业，但在老师的鼓励下，通过自己的努力完成了任务，得到了A，受到了老师的表扬。这说明通过努力，我们可以找到克服困难的方法。
81.C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段At thirteen, I was diagnosed（诊断）with kind of attention disorder. It made school difficult for me. When everyone else in the class was focusing on tasks, I could not.可知我患了注意力障碍症，无法集中注意力于某件事情。所以我无法在课堂上集中注意力完成老师布置的阅读任务。故C项正确。
82.A 细节理解题。根据第五段最后一句Instead, he invented a reading system of raised dots (点), which opened up a whole new world of knowledge to the blind.可知他为盲人发明出一种方法进行阅读。故A项正确。
83.D 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段I didn’t expect anything when I handed in my paper to Mrs. Smith, so it was quite a surprise when it came back to me the next day with an “A” on it. At the bottom of the paper were these words: “ See what you can do when you keep trying?”可知最后作者的文章得到了A等级，受到了老师的表扬。作者感觉到很受鼓舞。故D项正确。
84.D 主旨大意题。作者患上了注意力障碍症，在课堂上无法集中注意力，无法完成老师布置的作业。但在老师的鼓励下，他克服了困难，通过自己的努力完成了任务，得到了A，受到了老师的表扬。这说明通过努力，我们可以找到克服困难的方法。故D项正确。
22.（2015年，浙江卷）
From the very beginning of school we make books and reading a constant source of possible failure and public humiliation. When children are little we make them read aloud, before the teacher and other children, so that we can be sure they “know” all the words they are reading. This means that when they don’t know a word, they are going to make a mistake, right in front of everyone. After having taught fifth-grade classes for four years, I decided to try at all costs to rid them of their fear and dislike of books, and to get them to read oftener and more adventurously.
One day soon after school had started, I said to them, “Now I’m going to say something about reading that you have probably never heard a teacher say before. I would like you to read a lot of books this year, but I want you to read them only for pleasure. I am not going to ask you questions to find out whether you understand the books or not. If you understand enough of a book to enjoy it and want to go on reading it, that’s enough for me. Also I’m not going to ask you what words mean. “
The children sat stunned and silent. Was this a teacher talking? One girl, who had just come to us from a school where she had had a very hard time, looked at me steadily for a long time after I had finished. Then, still looking at me, she said slowly and seriously, Mr Holt, do you really mean that?” I said just as seriously, “I mean every word of it.
During the spring she really astonished me. One day, she was reading at her desk, From a glimpse of the illustrations I thought I knew what the book was. I said to myself, “It can’t be,” and went to take a closer look. Sure enough, she was reading Moby Dick , in edition with woodcuts. I said, “Don’t you find parts of it rather heavy going?” She answered, Oh, sure, but I just skip over those parts and go on to the next good part. “
This is exactly what reading should be and in school so seldom is, an exciting, joyous adventure. Find something, dive into it, take the good parts, skip the bad parts, get what you can out of it, go on to something else. How different is our mean-spirited, picky insistence that every child get every last little scrap of “understanding” that can be dug out of a book.
85.According to the passage, children’s fear and dislike of books may result from________.
A.reading little and thinking little
B.reading often and adventurously
C.being made to read too much
D.being made to read aloud before others
86.The teacher told his students to read______ .
A.for enjoyment
B.for knowledge
C.for a larger vocabulary
D.for higher scores in exams
87.Upon hearing the teacher’s talk, the children probably felt that________.
A.it sounded stupid
B.it was not surprising at all
C.it sounded too good to be true
D.it was no different from other teachers' talk
88.Which of the following statements about the girl is TRUE according to the passage?
A.She skipped over those easy parts while reading.
B.She had a hard time finishing the required reading tasks.
C.She learned to appreciate some parts of the difficult books.
D.She turned out to be a top student after coming to this school.
89.From the teacher's point of view,_________ .
A.children cannot tell good parts from bad parts while reading
B.children should be left to decide what to read and how to read
C.reading is never a pleasant and inspiring experience in school
D.reading involves understanding every little piece of information
【答案】85.D 86.A 87.C 88.C 89.B
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文主要讲述作者如何培养学生们的阅读能力。
85.细节理解题。 根据文章第一段When children are little we make them read aloud before the teacher and other children，so that we can be sure they "know" all the words they are reading.This means that when they don't know a word，they are going to make a mistake，right in front of everyone"，可知当孩子们还小的时候，我们让他们在老师和其他孩子面前大声朗读，这样我们就可以确保他们“知道”他们所读的所有单词。这意味着当他们一个字也不知道的时候，他们会在所有人面前犯错误。所以根据这篇短文，孩子们对书的恐惧和厌恶可能是由于他们在别人面前大声朗读的结果。故选D。
86.细节理解题。 根据第二段作者的话Now I’m going to say something about reading that you have probably never heard a teacher say before. I would like you to read a lot of books this year, but I want you to read them only for pleasure.现在我要说一些关于阅读的事情，你可能从来没有听说过一个老师说。我希望你读很多书，但今年，我想让你读书只为乐趣。所以老师叫他的学生们以阅读为乐。故选A。
87.细节理解题。 根据第二段The children sat stunned and silent. 孩子们震惊和沉默地坐着。”第三段第四行“ do you really mean that?’” 霍尔特先生，你是当真的吗?。当老师说了这些话之后，孩子们都很震惊耶，很奇怪，所以他会确定问老师是不是真的这样？这表明学生是很不太相信的。故选C项。
88.细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句话I said, “Don’t you find parts of it rather heavy going?” She answered, Oh, sure, but I just skip over those parts and go on to the next good part. 可知，你觉得有些部分很难吗“她回答说，哦，当然，但我只是跳过这些部分，继续读下一个好的部分。她学会了欣赏那些难读的书的某些部分。故选C项。
89.推理判断题。根据最后一段Find something, dive into it, take the good parts, skip the bad parts, get what you can out of it, go on to something else. 找到一些东西，埋头去读它们，抓住好的部分，跳过坏的部分，从中得到你能得到的，然后再去读其它的。所以判断出从老师的角度看，应该让孩子们决定读什么和怎样读。故选B选项。
23.（2015年，浙江卷）
In 2004 ,when my daughter Becky was ten , she and my husband ,Joe, were united in their desire for a dog . As for me , I shared none of their canine lust.
But why , they pleaded. “Because I don’t have time to take care of a dog.” But we’ll do it. ” Really? You’re going to walk the dog? Feed the dog? Bathe the dog?” Yes, yes , and yes .”I don’t believe you .” We will . We promise.
They didn’t . From day two (everyone wanted to walk the cute puppy that first day ) , neither thought to walk the dog . While I was slow to accept that I would be the one to keep track of her shots , to schedule her vet appointments , to feed and clean her , Misty knew this on day one . As she looked up at the three new humans in her life (small, medium, and large) , she calculated , The medium one is the sucker in the pack.
Quickly, she and I developed something very similar to a Vulcan mind meld (心灵融合) . She’d look at me with those sad brown eyes of hers , beam her need , and then wait , trusting I would understand — which , strangely , I almost always did . In no time , she became my feet as I read , and splaying across my stomach as I watched television .
Even so , part of me continued to resent walking duty . Joe and Becky had promised. Not fair , I’d balk (不心甘情愿地做) silently as she and I walked . “Not fair , ” I’ d loudly remind anyone within earshot upon our return home .
Then one day — January 1, 2007 , to be exact — my husband ‘ s doctor uttered an unthinkable word : leukemia ( 白血病) .With that , I spent eight to ten hours a day with Joe in the hospital , doing anything and everything I could to ease his discomfort. During those six months of hospitalizations, Becky, 12 at the time, adjusted to other adults being in the house when she returned from school. My work colleagues adjusted to my taking off at a moment's notice for medical emergencies. Every part of my life changed; no part of my old routine remained.
Save one: Misty still needed walking. At the beginning, when friends offered to take her
through her paces, I declined because I knew they had their own households to deal with.
As the months went by，I began to realize that I actually wanted to walk Misty. The walk in the morning before I headed to the hospital was a quiet, peaceful time to gather my thoughts or to just be before the day's medical drama unfolded. The evening walk was a time to shake off the day's upsets and let the worry tracks in my head go to white noise.
When serious illness visits your household, it's , not just your daily routine and your assumptions about the future that are no longer familiar. Pretty much everyone you acts differently.
Not Misty. Take her for a walk, and she had no interest in Joe's blood counts or ’one marrow test results. On the street or in the park, she had only one thing on her mind: squirrels! She Was so joyous that even on the worst days, she could make me smile. On a daily basis she reminded me that life goes on.
After Joe died in 2009，Misty slept on his pillow.
I'm grateful一to a point. The truth is, after years of balking, I've come to enjoy m’ walks with Misty. As I watch her chase after a squirrel, throwing her whole being into the here-and-now of an exercise that has never once ended in victory, she reminds me, too, that no matter how harsh the present or unpredictable the future , there's almost always some measure of joy to be extracted from the moment.
90.why didn't the writer agree to raise a dog at the beginning of the story?
A.She was afraid the dog would get the family, into trouble.
B.It would be her business to take care of the dog
C.Her husband and daughter were united as one.
D.She didn't want to spoil he’ daughter.
91.Which of the following is the closest in meaning to " The medium one is the sucker in the pack” (Paragraph 3)?
A."The middle-aged person loves me most.”
B.”The medium-sized woman is the hostess.”
C."The man in the middle is the one who has the final say.”
D."The woman is the kind and trustworthy one in the family.”
92.It can be inferred from Paragraph 3 that_______.
A.Misty was quite clever
B.Misty could solve math problems
C.the writer was a slow learner
D.no one walked Misty the first day
93.The story came to its turning point when________.
A.Joe died in 2009
B.Joe fell ill in 2007
C.the writer began to walk the dog
D.the dog tired to please the writer
94.Why did the writer continue to walk Misty while Joe was in hospital?
A.Misty couldn’t live without her
B.Her friends didn’t offer any help
C.The walk provided her with spiritual comfort.
D.She didn't want Misty to ’others companion.
95.What is the message the writer wants to convey in the passage?
A.One should learn to enjoy hard times.
B.A disaster can change everything in life.
C.Moments of joy suggest that there is still hope ahead.
D.People will change their attitude toward you when you are in difficulty.
【答案】90.B 91.D 92.A 93.B 94.C 95.C
【解析】这是一篇记叙文，讲述作者从遛狗的体验中悟出生活的哲理——尽管有时生活艰难、前途难测，但人生总有希望和快乐。
90.细节理解题。根据第三段第三句话"While I was slow to accept that I would be the one to keep track of her shots，to schedule her vet appointments，to feed and clean her"可知，作者慢慢地意识到她要代替父女俩给狗狗打针，安排见宠物医生等。这意味着最终将由她来照顾这一只狗。所以为什么作者在故事开始时不同意养狗是因为照顾这条狗是她的事。故选B项。
91.词句猜测题。根据这3个单词的意思不难知道small指的是作者的女儿, medium指的是作者，一个woman； and large指的是作者的丈夫。根据后文他们有了心灵相通。所以这个女人是家里最善良最值得信赖的人。故判断出划线词的意思是“这个女人是家里最善良最值得信赖的人”。故选D。
92.推理判断题。根据第三段“Misty knew this on day one它在第一天就知道“和 she calculated它在计算。由此判断出Misty很聪明。故选A。
93.细节理解题。根据第六段第一句话“Then one day — January 1, 2007 , to be exact — my husband ‘ s doctor uttered an unthinkable word : leukemia ( 白血病) . 然后，2007年1月1日，确切地说是丈夫的医生宣布了丈夫得了白血病， 说明这一天是一个转折点。故选B。
94.细节理解题。根据第八段第二行“quiet, peaceful time to gather my thoughts or to just be before the day’s medical drama unfolded安静，安静的时间我才能思考 ，所有的这一切都是精神上的一些安慰。为什么作者在乔住院期间继续遛Misty是因为散步给了她精神上的安慰。故选C。
95.推理判断题。根据文章最后一句话no matter how harsh the present or unpredictable the future , there's almost always some measure of joy to be extracted from the moment.不管现在是多么困难或者将来是多么的难以预计，总是有一些提取快乐的方法。故判断出作者想在文章中传达欢乐的时刻表明前方仍有希望。故选C。
24.（2015年，全国卷I）
The freezing Northeast hasn’t been a terribly fun place to spend time this winter, so when the chance came for a weekend to Sarasota, Florida, my bags were packed before you could say “sunshine”. I left for the land of warmth and vitamin C(维生素C), thinking of beaches and orange trees. When we touched down to blue skies and warm air, I sent up a small prayer of gratefulness. Swimming pools, wine tasting, and pink sunsets(at normal evening hours, not 4 in the afternoon) filled the weekend, but the best part- particularly to my taste, dulled by months of cold- weather root vegetables- was a 7 a.m. adventure to the Sarasota farmers’ market that proved to be more than worth the early wake-up call.
The market, which was founded in 1979, sets up its tents every Saturday from 7:00 am to 1 p.m, rain or shine, along North Lemon and State streets. Baskets of perfect red strawberries, the red-painted sides of the Java Dawg coffee truck; and most of all, the tomatoes: amazing, large, soft and round red tomatoes.
Disappointed by many a broken, vine-ripened(蔓上成熟的) promise, I’ve refused to buy winter tomatoes for years. No matter how attractive they look in the store, once I get them home they’re unfailingly dry, hard, and tasteless. But I homed in, with uncertainty, on one particular table at the Brown’s Grove Farm’s stand, full of fresh and soft tomatoes the size of my fist. These were the real deal- and at that moment, I realized that the best part of Sarasota in winter was going to be eating things that back home in New York I wouldn’t be experiencing again for months.
Delighted as I was by the tomatoes in sight, my happiness deepened when I learned that Brown’s Grove Farm is one of the suppliers for Jack Dusty, a newly opened restaurant at the Sarasota Ritz Carlton, where- luckily for me- I was planning to have dinner that very night. Without even seeing the menu, I knew I’d be ordering every tomato on it.
96.What did the author think of her winter life in New York?
A.Exciting. B.Boring.
C.Relaxing. D.Annoying.
97.What made the author’s getting up late early worthwhile?
A.Having a swim.
B.Breathing in fresh air.
C.Walking in the morning sun.
D.Visiting a local farmer’s market.
98.What can we learn about tomatoes sold in New York in winter?
A.They are soft. B.They look nice.
C.They taste great D.They are juicy.
99.What was the author going to that evening?
A.Go to a farm. B.Check into a hotel.
C.Eat in a restaurant. D.Buy fresh vegatables.
【答案】96.B 97.D 98.B 99.C
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者生活在冬天寒冷的纽约，当有一个到佛罗里达州萨拉索塔一个周的机会，作者体验到不同的冬天。
96.推理判断题。根据第一段第一句 The freezing Northeast hasn’t been a terribly fun place to spend time this winter. 可知，作者认为美国东北部的冬季太冷，因此不是一个度过漫长冬季的好地方。且根据第三段最后一句 back home in New York I wouldn't be experiencing again for months” 可知作者在纽约好几个月都不会吃到在萨拉索塔吃到的东西。因此判断出在作者眼中，冬季的纽约非常无聊。故选B项。
97.细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句 a 7 a.m. adventure to the Sarasota farmers' market that proved to be more than worth the early wake-up call” 可知，逛当地农产品早市值得作者为之起早。故选D项。
98.细节理解题。根据第三段第二句 No matter how attractive they look in the store, once I get them home they're unfailingly dry, hard, and tasteless.”可知，虽然在纽约出售的西红柿看起来很吸引人，但是每当被带回家它们就变得干瘪坚硬，没有滋味。即在纽约出售的西红柿卖相很好但并不好吃。故选B项。
99.细节理解题。由最后一段中的 a newly opened restaurant at the Sarasota Ritz Carlton, where — luckily for me — I was planning to have dinner that very night可知，作者当晚打算去一家饭馆吃晚餐。故选C项。
25.（2015年，湖南卷）
Have your parents ever inspected your room to see if you cleaned it properly? Imagine having your entire houses, garage, and yard inspected at any time -- with no warning. Inspections were a regular part of lighthouse (灯塔) living, and a keeper's reputation depended on results. A few times each year, an inspector arrived to look over the entire light station. The inspections were supposed to be a surprise, but keeper sometimes had advance notice.
Once lighthouses had telephones, keepers would call each other to warn that the inspector was approaching. After boats began flying special flags noting the inspector aboard, the keeper's family made it a game to see who could notice the boat first. As soon as someone spotted the boat, everyone would do last-minute tidying and change into fancy clothes. The keeper then scurried to put on his dress uniform and cap. Children of keepers remember inspectors wearing white gloves to run their fingers over door frames and windowsills looking for dust.
Despite the serious nature of inspections, they resulted in some funny moments. Betty Byrnes remembered when her mother did not have time to wash all the dishes before an inspection. At the time, people did not have dishwashers in their homes. In an effort to clean up quickly, Mrs. Byrnes tossed all the dishes into a big bread pan, covered them with a cloth and stuck them in the oven. If the inspector opened the oven door, it would look like bread was baking. he never did.
One day, Glenn Furst's mother put oil on the kitchen floor just before the inspector entered their house. Like floor wax, the oil made the floors shiny and helped protect the wood. This time, though, she used a little too much oil. When the inspector extended his hand to greet Glenn's mother, he slipped on the freshly oiled surface. "He came across that floor waving his arms like a young bird attempting its first flight," Glenn late wrote. After he steadied himself, he shook Glenn's mother's hand, and the inspection continued as though nothing had happened.
100.What does Paragraph 1 tell us about the inspection at the light station?
A.It was carried out once a year.
B.It was often announced in advance.
C.It was important for the keeper's fame.
D.It was focused on the garage and yard.
101.The family began making preparations immediately after ______.
A.one of the members saw the boat
B.a warning call reached the lighthouse
C.the keeper put on the dress uniform and cap
D.the inspector flew special flags in the distance
102.Mrs. Byrnes put the dishes in the oven because this would ______.
A.result in some fun
B.speed up washing them
C.make her home look tidy
D.be a demand from the inspector
103.If the inspector had opened the oven door, he would have seen _______.
A.an empty pan
B.many clean dishes
C.pieces of baked bread
D.a cloth covering something
104.The inspector waved his arms ______.
A.to try his best to keep steady
B.to show his satisfaction with the floor
C.to extend a warm greeting to Glenn's mother
D.to express his intention to continue the inspection
【答案】100.C 101.A 102.C 103.D 104.A
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。短文叙述了灯塔检查对于守塔的人来说是生活的一部分，除了严肃的例行公事的检查，还有很多有趣的时刻。
100.细节理解题。根据第一段Inspections were a regular part of lighthouse (灯塔) living, and a keeper's reputation depended on results.可知，检查是灯塔生活的一部分，看守人的声誉取决于检查结果。所以第1段告诉了我们对灯塔的检查对守门员的名声很重要。故选C
101.细节理解题。根据第二段的第三句As soon as someone spotted the boat, everyone would do last-minute tidying and change into fancy clothes.可知，一旦有人发现船，每个人就开始清理，换上衣服。所以建庭成员中一旦有人发现船的到来，全家人就开始快速准备。故选A
102.细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的第二句Betty Byrnes remembered when her mother did not have time to wash all the dishes before an inspection. At the time, people did not have dishwashers in their homes. In an effort to clean up quickly, Mrs. Byrnes tossed all the dishes into a big bread pan, covered them with a cloth and stuck them in the oven. 可知，贝蒂·伯恩斯记得她母亲在检查前没有时间洗碗。那时，人们家里没有洗碗机。为了尽快清理干净，伯恩斯太太把所有的盘子扔进一个大面包锅里，用一块布盖住，然后把它们放进烤箱。所以伯恩斯太太把盘子放进烤箱，因为这样会让她的家看起来更整洁。故选C
103.细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的倒数第三行：Mrs.Byrnes toss all the dishes into a big bread pan, covered them with a cloth, and stuck them in the oven.可知，伯恩斯太太把所有的盘子扔进一个大面包锅里，用一块布盖住，然后把它们放进烤箱。所以当inspector打开烤箱的时候他只会看到一块盖着布的动词。故选D
104.推理判断题。根据最后一段"He came across that floor waving his arms like a young bird attempting its first flight," Glenn late wrote. After he steadied himself, he shook Glenn's mother's hand, and the inspection continued as though nothing had happened.可知，他穿过地板，挥舞着双臂，就像一只试图第一次飞翔的小鸟，格伦·莱特写道。在他站稳之后，他握了握格伦妈妈的手，然后继续检查，就好像什么都没发生过一样。所以巡官挥动手臂是为了保持身体的平稳。故选A
26.（2015年，湖北卷）
What Theresa Loe is doing proves that a large farm isn’t a prerequisite for a modern grow-your-own lifestyle. On a mere 1/10 of an acre in Los Angeles, Loe and her family grow, can (装罐) and preserve much of the food they consume.
Loe is a master food preserver, gardener and canning expert. She also operates a website, where she shares her tips and recipes, with the goal of demonstrating that everyone has the ability to control what’s on their plate.
Loe initially went to school to become an engineer, but she quickly learned that her enthusiasm was mainly about growing and preparing her own food. “ got into cooking my own food and started growing my own herbs(香草)and foods for that fresh flavor,” she said. Engineer by day, Loe learned cooking at night school. She ultimately purchased a small piece of land with her husband and began growing their own foods.
“I teach people how to live farm-fresh without a farm,” Loe said. Through her website Loe emphasizes that ‘‘anybody can do this anywhere.” Got an apartment with a balcony (阳台)? Plant some herbs. A window? Perfect spot for growing. Start with herbs, she recommends, because “they’re very forgiving.” Just a little of the herbs “can take your regular cooking to a whole new level,” she added. “I think it’s a great place to start.” Then? Try growing something from a seed, she said, like a tomato or some tea.
Canning is a natural extension of the planting she does. With every planted food, Loe noted, there’s a moment when it’s bursting with its absolute peak flavor. “I try and keep it in a time capsule in a canning jar,” Loe said. “Canning for me is about knowing what’s in your food, knowing where it comes from.”
In addition to being more in touch with the food she’s eating, another joy comes from passing this knowledge and this desire for good food to her children: “Influencing them and telling them your opinion on not only being careful what we eat but understanding the bigger picture,” she said, “that if we don’t take care of the earth, no one will.”
105.The underlined word “prerequisite” (Para. 1) is closest in meaning to“ ”.
A.recipe B.substitute
C.requirement D.challenge
106.Why does Loe suggest starting with herbs?
A.They are used daily. B.They are easy to grow.
C.They can grow very tall. D.They can be eaten uncooked.
107.According to Loe, what is the benefit of canning her planted foods?
A.It can preserve their best flavor. B.It can promote her online sales.
C.It can better her cooking skills. D.It can improve their nutrition.
108.What is the “the bigger picture” (Para. 6) that Loe wishes her children to understand?
A.The knowledge about good food. B.The way to live a grow-our-own life.
C.The joy of getting in touch with foods. D.The responsibility to protect our earth
【答案】105.C 106.B 107.A 108.D
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。Loe是“自己种植”现代生活方式的实践者，她热衷于自己种植香草和味道新鲜的食物，并将食物装入密封罐中保持以保持最佳的风味，更想通过自己的举动影响孩子们，让他们意识到保护地球的责任。
105.词义猜测题。根据首段第二句“On a mere 1/10 of an acre … and preserve much of the food they consume”可知面积并不是硬要求。该句句意为：Loe在那里所做的一切证明，一个大农场对“自己种植”现代生活方式来说并不是一个硬要求。故选C项。
106.细节理解题。根据第四段中“Start with herbs, she recommends, because “they’re very forgiving.” Just a little of the herbs “can take your regular cooking to a whole new level,” she added. ”可知香草很容易生长。故选B项。
107.细节理解题。根据第五段中“there is a moment when it’s bursting with its absolute peak flavor. ‘I try to keep it in a time capsule in a canning jar,’”可知将种植的事物装入密封罐中保存的好处是能够保持最佳的风味。故选A项。
108.词义猜测题。根据最后一段中尾句“that if we don’t take care of the earth, no one will”可知the bigger picture指的是保护地球的责任。故选D项。

阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
27.（2015年，湖北卷）
“I see you’ve got a bit of water on your coat,” said the man at the petrol station. “Is it raining out there?”“No, it’s pretty nice,” I replied, checking my sleeve. “Oh, right. A pony(马驹) bit me earlier.”
As it happened, the bite was virtually painless: more the kind of small bite you might get from a naughty child. The pony responsible was queuing up for some ice cream in the car park near Haytor, and perhaps thought I’d jumped in ahead of him.
The reason why the ponies here are naughty is that Haytor is a tourist-heavy area and tourists are constantly feeding the ponies foods, despite sighs asking them not to. By feeding the ponies, tourists increase the risk of them getting hit by a car, and make them harder to gather during the area’s annual pony drift(迁移).
The purpose of a pony drift is to gather them up so their health can be checked, the baby ones can be stooped from feeding on their mother’s milk, and those who’ve gone beyond their limited area can be returned to their correct area. Some of them are also later sold, in order to limit the number of ponies according to the rules set by Natural England.
Three weeks ago, I witnessed a small near-disaster a few mils west of here. While walking, I noticed a pony roll over on his back. “Hello!” I said to him, assuming he was just rolling for fun, but he was very still and, as I got closer, I saw him kicking his legs in the air and breathing heavily. I began to properly worry about him. Fortunately, I managed to get in touch with a Dartmoor’s Livestock Protection officer and send her a photo. The officer immediately sent a local farmer out to check on the pony. The pony had actually been trapped between two rocks. The farmer freed him, and he began to run happily around again.
Dartmoor has 1,000 or so ponies, who play a critical role in creating the diversity of species in this area. Many people are working hard to preserve these ponies, and trying to come up with plans to find a sustainable(可持续的) future for one of Dartmoor’s most financially-troubled elements.
109.Why are tourists asked not to feed the ponies?
A.To protect the tourists from being bitten
B.To keep the ponies off the petrol station
C.To avoid putting the ponies in danger
D.To prevent the ponies from fighting
110.One of the purposes of the annual pony drift is ______________.
A.to feed baby ponies on milk
B.to control the number of ponies
C.to expand the habitat for ponies
D.to sell the ponies at a good price
111.What as the author’s first reaction when he saw a pony roll on its back?
A.He freed it from the trap
B.He called a protection officer
C.He worried about it very much
D.He thought of it as being naughty
112.What does the author imply about the preservation of Dartmoor’s ponies?
A.It lacks people’s involvement.
B.It costs a large amount of money
C.It will affect tourism in Dartmoor.
D.It has caused an imbalance of species
【答案】109.C 110.B 111.D 112.B
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文记叙了作者在Haytor关于马驹的所见所闻，目睹了马驹的淘气与脆弱，了解了马驹迁徙的原因以及保护马驹面临的困难。
109.细节理解题。根据第三段尾句By feeding the ponies, tourists increase the risk of them getting hit by a car, and make them harder to gather during the area’s annual pony drift(迁移)可知，游客喂养小马，增加了它们被汽车撞倒的风险，使它们更难在该地区每年的小马迁徙中聚集在一起。所以不让游客给马驹喂食是为了避免使马驹处于危险中。故选C项。
110.细节理解题。根据第四段内容“The purpose of a pony drift is to …Some of them are also…, in order to limit the number of ponies…”可知马驹迁移目的之一是为了控制马驹的数量。故选B项。
111.细节理解题。根据第五段中的I said to him, assuming he was just rolling for fun.可知作者认为小马驹很淘气，在滚着玩。所以当作者看到一匹小马在背上打滚时，他的第一反应是他认为小马很淘气。故选D项。
112.推理判断题。根据最后一段中尾句Many people are working hard to preserve these ponies, and trying to come up with plans to find a sustainable(可持续的) future for one of Dartmoor’s most financially-troubled elements.可知，多人都在努力保护这些小马，并且试图为达特穆尔，财政最困难的地区之一，找到一个可持续发展的未来。所以判断出保护马达特穆尔矮种马是一笔很大的开销。故选B项。
28.（2015年，广东卷）
When I was nine years old, I loved to go fishing with my dad. But the only thing that wasn’t very fun about it was that he could catch many fish while I couldn’t catch anything. I usually got pretty upset and kept asking him why. He always answered, ”Son, if you want to catch a fish, you have to think like a fish.” I remember being even more upset then because, “I’m not a fish!” I didn’t know how to think like a fish. Besides, I reasoned, how could what I think influence what a fish does?
As I got a little older I began to understand what my dad really meant. So, I read some books on fish. And I even joined the local fishing club and started attending the monthly meetings. I learned that a fish is a cold-blooded animal and therefore is very sensitive to water temperature. That is why fish prefer shallow water to deep water because the former is warmer. Besides, water is usually warmer in direct sunlight than in the shade. Yet, fish don’t have any eyelids(眼皮) and the sun hurts their eyes…The more I understood fish, the more I became effective at finding and catching them.
When I grew up and entered the business world, I remember hearing my first boss say, “We all need to think like salespeople.” But it didn’t completely make sense. My dad never once said, “If you want to catch a fish you need to think like a fisherman.” What he said was, “You need to think like a fish.” Years later, with great efforts to promote long-term services to people much older and richer than me, I gradually learned what we all need is to think more like customers. It is not an easy job. I will show you how in the following chapters.
113.Why was the author upset in fishing trips when he was nine？
A.He could not catch a fish
B.His father was not patient with him
C.His father did not teach him fishing
D.He could not influence a fish as his father did
114.What did the author’s father really mean?
A.To read about fish
B.To learn fishing by oneself
C.To understand what fish think
D.To study fishing in many ways
115.According to the author, fish are most likely to be found .
A.in deep water on sunny days
B.in deep water on cloudy days
C.in shallow water under sunlight
D.in shallow water under waterside trees
116.After entering the business world，the author found .
A.it easy to think like a customer
B.his father’s fishing advice inspiring
C.his first boss’s sales ideas reasonable
D.it difficult to sell services to poor people
117.This passage most likely comes from .
A.a fishing guide
B.a popular sales book
C.a novel on childhood
D.a millionaire’s biography
【答案】113.A 114.C 115.D 116.B 117.B
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文叙述了作者通过以父亲教授他钓鱼时，要像鱼一样思考，学会钓鱼的道理，告诉大家从事商业销售时要像消费者一样去思考。
113.细节理解题。根据第一段的But that wasn’t very fun about it was that he could catch many fish while I couldn’t catch anything. I usually got pretty upset. 可知，但这不是很有趣的是，他可以抓很多鱼，而我什么也抓不到。我通常很沮丧。所以作者感到沮丧，是因为他一条鱼也抓不到。故选A。
114.推理判断题。根据第二段The more I understood fish, the more I became effective at finding and catching them.可以，我越了解鱼，我越能有效的找到并抓住鱼。由此判断出父亲的意思是了解鱼的想法。故选C。
115.推理判断题。根据第二段I learned that a fish is a cold-blooded animal and therefore is very sensitive to water temperature. That is why fish prefer shallow water to deep water because the former is warmer. Besides, water is usually warmer in direct sunlight than in the shade. Yet, fish don’t have any eyelids(眼皮) and the sun hurts their eyes. 我了解到鱼是一种冷血动物，因此对水温非常敏感。这就是为什么鱼类喜欢浅水而不喜欢深水，因为前者比较温暖。此外，水在阳光直射下通常比在阴凉处更暖和。然而，鱼却没有眼皮，太阳会伤害它们的眼睛。由此判断出，根据作者的说法，鱼最有可能出现在浅水区的水边树下。故选D。
116.推理判断题。根据最后一段I gradually learned what we all need is to think more like customers可知，我逐渐了解我们需要像消费者一样去思考，这与父亲的“You need to think like a fish”相似，由此判断出，作者进入商界后，作者发现他父亲的钓鱼建议很有启发性。故选B。
117.推理判断题。根据It is not an easy job. I will show you how in the following chapters“这不是一份轻松的工作，我将在下面几章里向你们展示如何去做”，故推断这篇短文很可能来自一本畅销书。故选B。
29.（2015年，安徽卷）
When her five daughters were young, Helene An always told them that there was strength in unity (团结). To show this, she held up one chopstick, representing oneperson. Then she easily broke it into two pieces. Next, she tied several chopsticks together, representing a family. She showed the girls it was hard to break the tied chopsticks. This lesson about family unity stayed with the daughters as they grew up.
Helene An and her family own a large restaurant business in California. However, when Helene and her husband Danny left their home in Vietnam in 1975, they didn't have much money. They moved their family to San Francisco. There they joined Danny's mother, Diana, who owned a small Italian sandwich shop. Soon afterwards, Helene and Diana changed the sandwich shop into a small Vietnamese restaurant. The five daughters helped in the restaurant when they were young. However, Helene did not want her daughters to always work in the family business because she thought it was too hard.
Eventually the girls all graduated from college and went away to work for themselves, but one by one, the daughters returned to work in the family business. They opened new restaurants in San Francisco and Los Angeles. Even though family members sometimes disagreed with each other, they worked together to make the business successful. Daughter Elisabeth explains, "Our mother taught us that to succeed we must have unity, and to have unity we must have peace. Without the strength of the family, there is no business."
Their expanding business became a large corporation in 1996, with three generations of Ans working together. Now the Ans' corporation makes more than $20 million each year. Although they began with a small restaurant, they had big dreams, and they worked together. Now they are a big success.
118.Helene tied several chopsticks together to show ______.
A.the strength of family unity
B.the difficulty of growing up
C.the advantage of chopsticks
D.the best way of giving a lesson
119.We can learn from Paragraph 2 that the Helene An family ______.
A.started a business in 1975
B.left Vietnam without much money
C.bought a restaurant in San Francisco
D.opened a sandwich shop in Los Angeles
120.What can we infer about the five daughters?
A.They did not finish their college education.
B.They could not bear to work in the family business.
C.They were influenced by what Helene taught them.
D.They were troubled by disagreement among family members.
121.Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A.How to Run a Corporation
B.Strength Comes from Peace
C.How to Achieve a Big Dream
D.Family Unity Builds Success
【答案】118.A 119.B 120.C 121.D
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。Helene和丈夫离开越南时，他们并不富有。Helene给她的女儿讲述了一个关于团结的故事。几双筷子被绑在一起将会很难被折断，家庭亦是如此。文章通过讲述一个家族企业的发展历程来强调家庭团结的重要性。
118.细节理解题。根据第一段“she tied several chopsticks together, representing a family. This lesson about family unity...”可知，Helene把筷子绑在一起并试着折断它们，是为了显示团结的力量。故选A项。
119.细节理解题。根据“when Helene and her husband Danny left their home in Vietnam in 1975, they didn't have much money.”可知，当离开越南时，Helene夫妇并没有太多的钱。故选B项。
120.推理判断题。根据倒数第二段Even though family members sometimes disagreed with each other, they worked together to make the business successful. Daughter Elisabeth explains, "Our mother taught us that to succeed we must have unity, and to have unity we must have peace. Without the strength of the family, there is no business."可知，尽管有时家庭成员之间意见不一致，但他们一起努力使生意成功。女儿伊丽莎白解释说:“我们的母亲教导我们。要成功，我们必须团结;要团结，我们必须和平相处。没有家庭的力量，就没有生意的成功。所以通过关键词“disagreed with，make the business successful”以及伊丽莎白所说的话可以判断出，这五个女儿受到妈妈教诲的影响，团结一心，把生意越做越大。故选C项。
121.主旨大意题。根据第一段“Helene An always told them that there was strength in unity (团结).”和第三段“to succeed we must have unity”与第四段“and they worked together. Now they are a big success.”可知，文章主要讲的是家庭团结对取得成功的重要性。所以短文最佳标题为“家庭团结成就成功”。故选D项。
30.（2015年，北京卷）
The Boy Made It!
One Sunday, Nicholas, a teenager, went skiing at Sugarloaf Mountain in Maine. In the early afternoon, when he was planning to go home, a fierce snowstorm swept into the area. Unable to see far, he accidentally turned off the path. Before he knew it, Nicholas was lost, all alone! He didn’t have food, water, a phone, or other supplies. He was getting colder by the minute.
Nicholas had no idea where he was. He tried not to panic. He thought about all of the survival shows he had watched on TV. It was time to put the tips he had learned to use.
He decided to stop skiing. There was a better chance of someone finding him if he stayed put. The first thing he did was to find shelter from the freezing wind and snow. If he didn’t, his body temperature would get very low, which could quickly kill him.
Using his skis, Nicholas built a snow cave. He gathered a huge mass of snow and dug out a hole in the middle. Then he piled branches on top of himself, like a blanket, to stay as warm as he could.
By that evening, Nicholas was really hungry. He ate snow and drank water from a nearby stream so that his body wouldn’t lose too much water. Not knowing how much longer he could last, Nicholas did the only thing he could he huddled (蜷缩) in his cave and slept.
The next day, Nicholas went out to look for help, but he couldn’t find anyone. He followed his tracks and returned to the snow cave, because without shelter, he could die that night. On Tuesday, Nicholas went out again to find help. He had walked for about a mile when a volunteer searcher found him. After two days stuck in the snow, Nicholas was saved.
Nicholas might not have survived this snowstorm had it not been for TV. He had often watched Grylls’ survival show Man vs. Wild. That’s where he learned the tips that saved his life. In each episode (一期节目) of Man vs. Wild, Grylls is abandoned in a wild area and has to find his way out.
When Gxrylls heard about Nicholas’ amazing deeds, he was super impressed that Nicholas had made it since he knew better than anyone how hard Nicholas had to work to stay alive.
122.What happened to Nicholas one Sunday afternoon?
A.He got lost. B.He broke his skis.
C.He hurt his eyes. D.He caught a cold.
123.How did Nicholas keep himself warm?
A.He found a shelter. B.He lighted some branches.
C.He kept on skiing. D.He built a snow cave.
124.On Tuesday’ Nicholas .
A.returned to his shelter safely B.was saved by a searcher
C.got stuck in the snow D.stayed where he was
125.Nicholas left Grylls a very deep impression because he .
A.did the right things in the dangerous situation
B.watched Grylls’ TV program regularly
C.created some tips for survival
D.was very hard-working

【答案】122.A 123.D 124.B 125.A
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文讲的是一个小男孩在暴风雪中迷路，他不畏艰难，利用在电视中学到的野外生存知识逃脱困境的故事。
122.细节理解题。根据第一段中Before he knew it, Nicholas was lost, all alone!可知，还没等他明白过来，尼古拉就迷路了，孤独一人。所以Nicholas迷路了。故选A。
123.细节理解题。根据文章第二段Nicholas built a snow cave. 尼古拉斯建造了一个雪洞。和第四段Then he piled branches on top of himself, like a blanket, to stay as warm as he could. 然后他把树枝堆在自己身上，像毯子一样，尽可能地保暖。可知，Nicholas保持温暖的方式是建了一个雪洞。故选D项。
124.细节理解题。根据第六段中On Tuesday, Nicholas went out again to find help. He had walked for about a mile when a volunteer searcher found him.可知，周二，尼古拉斯再次外出寻求帮助。他已经走了大约一英里，这时一个志愿者找到了他。所以星期二的时候，Nicholas被一名志愿搜索者救了。故选B。
125.推理判断题。根据最后一段中的he was super impressed that Nicholas had made it since he knew better than anyone how hard Nicholas had to work to stay alive.可知，尼古拉成功了，这给他留下了深刻的印象，因为他比任何人都清楚尼古拉是如何努力来维持生命的 。由此判断出，尼古拉斯给格里尔留下了深刻的印象，因为他在危险的情况下做了正确的事情。故选A。
31.（2011年，浙江卷）
It was Saturday. As always, it was a busy one, for "Six days shall you labor and do all your work" was taken seriously back then. Outside, Father and Mr. Patrick next door were busy chopping firewood. Inside their own houses, Mother and Mrs. Patrick were engaged in spring cleaning. Somehow the boys had slipped away to the back lot with their kites. Now, even at the risk of having Brother caught to beat carpets, they had sent him to the kitchen for more string(线). It seemed there was no limit to the heights to which kites would fly today.
My mother looked at the sitting room, its furniture disordered for a thorough sweeping. Again she cast a look toward the window. "Come on, girls! Let's take string to the boys and watch them fly the kites a minute."
On the way we met Mrs. Patrick, laughing guiltily as if she were doing something wrong, together with her girls.
There never was such a day for flying kites! We played all our fresh string into the boys' kites and they went up higher and higher. We could hardly distinguish the orange-colored spots of the kites. Now and then we slowly pulled one kite back, watching it dancing up and down in the wind, and finally bringing it down to earth, just for the joy of sending it up again.
Even our fathers dropped their tools and joined us. Our mothers took their turn, laughing like schoolgirls. I think we were all beside ourselves. Parents forgot their duty and their dignity; children forgot their everyday fights and little jealousies. "Perhaps it's like this in the kingdom of heaven," I thought confusedly.
It was growing dark before we all walked sleepily back to the house. I suppose we had some sort of supper. I suppose there must have been surface tidying-up, for the house on Sunday looked clean and orderly enough. The strange thing was, we didn't mention that day afterward. I felt a little embarrassed. Surely none of the others had been as excited as I. I locked the memory up in that deepest part of me where we keep "the things that cannot be and yet they are."
The years went on, then one day I was hurrying about my kitchen in a city apartment, trying to get some work out of the way while my three-year-old insistently cried her desire to "go park, see duck."
"I can't go!" I said. "I have this and this to do, and when I'm through I'll be too tired to walk that far."
My mother, who was visiting us, looked up from the peas she was shelling（去皮）. "It's a wonderful day," she offered, "really warm, yet there's a fine breeze. Do you remember that day we flew kites?"
I stopped in my dash between stove and sink. The locked door flew open and with it a rush of memories. "Come on," I told my little girl. "You're right, it's too good a day to miss."
Another decade passed. We were in the aftermath (余波) of a great war. All evening we had been asking our returned soldier, the youngest Patrick Boy, about his experiences as a prisoner of war. He had talked freely, but now for a long time he had been silent. What was he thinking of — what dark and horrible things?
"Say!" A smile sipped out from his lips. "Do you remember — no, of course you wouldn't. It probably didn't make the impression on you as it did on me."
I hardly dared speak. "Remember what?"
"I used to think of that day a lot in POW camp (战俘营), when things weren't too good. Do you remember the day we flew the kites?"
126.Mrs. Patrick was laughing guiltily because she thought_________.
A.she was too old to fly kites
B.she should have been doing her housework then
C.her husband would make fun of her
D.her girls weren’t supposed to play the boy’s game
127.By "we were all beside ourselves," the writer means that they all _________.
A.felt confused B.looked on
C.went wild with joy D.forgot their fights
128.What did the writer think after the kite-flying?
A.The boys must have had more fun than the girls.
B.All the others must have forgotten that day.
C.Her parents should spend more time with them.
D.They should have finished their work before playing.
129.Why did the writer finally agree to take her little girl for an outing?
A.She suddenly remembered her duty as a mother.
B.She thought it was a great day to play outside.
C.She had finished her work in the kitchen.
D.She was reminded of the day they flew kites.
130.The youngest Patrick boy is mentioned to show that _________.
A.the writer was not alone in treasuring her fond memories
B.his experience in POW camp threw a shadow over his life
C.childhood friendship means so much to the writer
D.people like him really changed a lot after the war
【答案】126.B 127.C 128.B 129.D 130.A
【解析】这是一篇温馨的回忆记叙文。文章讲述了我在小时候一次放风筝的经历中体验到的快乐。虽然是春季大扫除忙碌的时候，但是几个男生放风筝的动作引起了男人和妇女们的注意，他们纷纷停止手中的活，来享受这片刻的自由和宁静。当我回到家，却以为大家都忘记了这次放风筝的美好回忆而感到尴尬。多年之后我发现，其实这么美好的回忆不止我记住了。
126.推理判断题。文章开头说：“It was Saturday. As always, it was a busy one, for ‘Six days shall you labor and do all your work’。 Mother and Mrs. Patrick were engaged in spring cleaning。”星期六是像往常一样忙碌的一天，母亲和帕特里克太太在从事春季大扫除。第二段又说母亲招呼女孩们一起看男生放风筝，而帕特里克太太也去了。所以她为在最忙的时候没做大扫除而内疚。故选B。
127.语义猜测题。定位到第五段“Even our fathers dropped their tools and joined us. Our mothers took their turn, laughing like schoolgirls. I thinkwe were all beside ourselves. Parents forgot their duty and their dignity; children forgot their everyday fights and little jealousies.”我们的父亲放下工具加入我们，母亲也转身笑得像少女，父母们忘了他们的责任和尊贵的身份，小孩子们忘记了每天的争执和小嫉妒。而这都是特别开心的表现。故选C。
128.细节理解题。定位到第六段第四句话The strange thing was, we didn't mention that day afterward. I felt a little embarrassed. Surely none of the others had been as excited as I.很奇怪的是，我们竟然压根没有提到那天放风筝的事情，我甚至感到有一些尴尬。当然，那个时候没有谁比我更激动。由此可看出作者以为在放风筝之后，大家一定都忘记了那天的快乐。故选B。
129.细节理解题。定位到底九、十段。当我的三岁的小女孩跟我说去公园看鸭子的时候，我说我有很多事情要做而拒绝了。但是母亲的一句话Do you remember that day we flew kites?" 让我打开了记忆的匣子，想起了那个放风筝的时候。"Come on," I told my little girl. "You're right, it's too good a day to miss."然后跟我的女孩说：“你说的对极了，这是一个值得纪念的日子。故最后我答应我的女儿去公园是因为我想起了我放风筝的那个时光。故选D。
130.推理判断题。"I used to think of that day a lot in POW camp (战俘营), when things weren't too good. Do you remember the day we flew the kites?"最后一段帕特里克的男孩谈到自己在战俘营的时候，当有不好的事情发生他总是想到他们一起放风筝那个美好的时光。因此这么美好的回忆不是作者我一个人记住了，其实我的母亲，帕特里克的男孩他们都记得。故选A。
32.（2013年，安徽卷）
When 19-year-old Sophia Giorgi said she was thinking of volunteering to help the Make-A-Wish Foundation (基金会)，nobody understood what she was talking about .But Sophia knew just how important Make – A –Wish could be because this special organization had helped to make a dream come true for one her best friends .We were interested in finding out more ,so we went along to meet Sophia listen to what she had to say .
Sophia told us that Make – A –Wish is a worldwide organization that started in the United States in 1980.”It’s a charity(慈善机构)that helps children who have got very serious illnesses. Make – A –Wish help children feel happy even though they are sick, by making their wishes and dreams come true ,” Sophia explained .
We asked Sophia how Make – A –Wish had first started .She said it had all begun with a very sick young boy called Chris ,who had been dreaming for a long time of becoming a policeman .Sophia said lots of people had wanted to find a way to make Chris’s dream come true ----so, with everybody’s help , Chris, only seven years old at the time ,had been a “policeman” for a day .” when people saw how delighted Chris was when his dream came true, they decided to try and help other sick children too ,and that was the beginning of Make – A –Wish,” explained Sophia
Sophia also told us the Foundation tries to give children and their families a special, happy time. A Make-A-Wish volunteer visits the families and asks the children what they would wish for if they could have anything in the world. Sophia said the volunteers were important because they were the ones who helped to make the wishes come true. They do this either by providing things that are necessary, or by raising money or helping out in whatever way they can.
131.Sophia found out about Make-A-Wish because her best friend had .
A.volunteered to help it B.benefited from it
C.dreamed about it D.told the author about it
132.According to Sophia, Make-A-Wish .
A.is an international charity
B.was understood by nobody at first
C.raises money for very poor families
D.started by drawing the interest of the public
133.What is said about Chris in Paragraph3?
A.He has been a policeman since he was seven.
B.He gave people the idea of starting Make-A-Wish
C.He wanted people to help make his dream come true.
D.He was the first child Make-A-Wish helped after it had been set up.
134.Which of the following is true about Make-A-Wish volunteers?
A.They are important for making wishes come true.
B.They try to help children get over their illnesses.
C.They visit sick children to make them feel special.
D.They provide what is necessary to make Make-A-Wish popular.
【答案】131.B 132.A 133.B 134.A
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，通过十九岁的Sophia Giorgi的讲述介绍了Make-A-Wish Foundation世界基金会的一些信息。Make —A—Wish 是1980年开始于美国的一家世界慈善机构。帮助那些患有疾病的儿童实现一个愿望。
131.细节理解题。根据文章首段because this special organization had helped to make a dream come true for one her best friends可知这个组织帮助了她的一个好朋友，所以索菲亚发现了“Make-A-Wish”是因为她最好的朋友。故选B。
132.细节理解题。根据文章第二段Sophia told us that Make – A –Wish is a worldwide organization …….”It’s a charity(慈善机构)that helps children ……可知，Make – A –Wish是一个国际慈善机构，故选A。
133.细节理解题。根据文章第三段中She said it had all begun with a very sick young boy called Chris ,可知，她说这一切都始于一个名叫克里斯的重病男孩。所以创办Make-A-Wish的想法是Chris提出的，故选B。
134.细节理解题。从文章末段 Sophia said the volunteers were important because they were the ones who helped to make the wishes come true.可知，索菲亚说，志愿者很重要，因为他们是帮助实现愿望的人。所以这些志愿者在帮助人们实现梦想方面是非常重要的，故选A。
33.（2014年，四川卷）
A schoolgirl saved her father’s life by kicking him in the chest after he suffered a serious allergic (过敏的) reaction which stopped his heart.
Izzy, nine, restarted father Colm’s heart by stamping (踩) on his chest after he fell down at home and stopped breathing.
Izzy’s mother, Debbie, immediately called 999 but Izzy knew doctors would never arrive in time to save her father, so decided to use CPR.
However, she quickly discovered her arms weren’t strong enough, so she stamped on her father’s chest instead.
Debbie then took over with some more conventional chest compressions (按压) until the ambulance arrived.
Izzy, who has been given a bravery award by her school, said: “I just kicked him really hard. My mum taught me CPR but I knew I wasn’t strong enough to use hands. I was quite scared. The doctor said I might as well be a doctor or a nurse. My mum said that Dad was going to hospital with a big footprint on his chest.”
“She’s a little star,” said Debbie, “I was really upset but Izzy just took over. I just can’t believe what she did. I really think all children should be taught first aid. Izzy did CPR then the doctor turned up. Colm had to have more treatment on the way to the hospital and we’ve got to see an expert.”
Truck driver Colm, 35, suffered a mystery allergic reaction on Saturday and was taken to hospital, but was sent home only for it to happen again the next day. The second attack was so serious that his airway swelled, preventing him from breathing, his blood pressure dropped suddenly, and his heart stopped for a moment.
He has now made a full recovery from his suffering.
135.Izzy kicked her father in the chest ________
A.to express her helplessness B.to practise CPR on him
C.to keep him awake D.to restart his heart
136.What’s the right order of the events?
①Izzy kicked Colm. ②Debbie called 999.
③Izzy learned CPR. ④Colm’s heart stopped.
A.3124 B.4231 C.3421 D.4312
137.What does Paragraph 8 mainly talk about?
A.What Colm suffered.
B.Colm’s present condition.
C.What caused Colm’s allergy.
D.Symptoms of Colm’s allergic reaction.
138.Why does the author write the news?
A.To describe a serious accident.
B.To prove the importance of CPR.
C.To report a 9-year-old girl’s brave act.
D.To call people’s attention to allergic reaction.

【答案】135.D 136.C 137.A 138.C
【解析】本文是记叙文。作者主要讲述了9岁的小女孩Izzy当父亲心脏病发作时采取急救的事情。Izzy的母亲曾经教给Izzy一些急救措施，当看到父亲心脏病发作的时候，她因为手的力气小，而用脚去踩父亲的胸口，以达到使心脏恢复跳动的目的。机智勇敢的Izzy不仅救了父亲，而且还因此受到了学校的奖励。
135.细节理解题。根据文章第二段Izzy, nine, restarted father Colm’s heart by stamping (踩) on his chest after he fell down at home and stopped breathing.可知，Izzy用脚踩父亲胸口的目的就是为了让他的心脏恢复跳动。故选D。
136.细节理解题。Izzy学会急救方法是最先发生的事情，之后是父亲晕倒之后，母亲去拨打了急救电话，而Izzy怕医生不能及时赶到，而又去对父亲采取了必要的急救措施。故选C。
137.主旨大意题。在文章第八段中作者对Colm，也就是Izzy的父亲进行了介绍，这位卡车司机因病而住院接受治疗，然而在出院的第二天病症又次发生，以至于呼吸停止，由此可知本段内容主要讲述了Colm发病的事情。故选A。
138.推理判断题。在文章中作者主要讲述了当父亲发病，呼吸心脏停止的时候，Izzy采取急救行动救父亲的故事，通过这件事描写了小女孩lzzy的勇敢，而其他选项内容片面，不能反应文章的中心。故选C。
34.（2014年，山东卷）
One morning, Ann’s neighbor Tracy found a lost dog wandering around the local elementary school. She asked Ann if she could keep an eye on the dog. Ann said that she could watch it only for the day.
Tracy took photos of the dog and printed off 400 FOUND fliers (传单), and put them in mailboxes. Meanwhile, Ann went to the dollar store and bought some pet supplies, warning her two sons not to fall in love with the dog. At the time, Ann’s son Thomas was 10 years old, and Jack, who was recovering from a heart operation, was 21 years old.
Four days later Ann was still looking after the dog, whom they had started to call Riley. When she arrived home from work, the dog threw itself against the screen door and barked madly at her. As soon as she opened the door, Riley dashed into the boys’ room where Ann found Jack suffering from a heart attack. Riley ran over to Jack, but as soon as Ann bent over to help him the dog went silent.
“If it hadn’t come to get me, the doctor said Jack would have died,” Ann reported to a local newspaper. At this point, no one had called to claim the dog, so Ann decided to keep it.
The next morning Tracy got a call. A man named Peter recognized his lost dog and called the number on the flier. Tracy started crying, and told him, “That dog saved my friend’s son.” Peter drove to Ann’s house to pick up his dog, and saw Thomas and Jack crying in the window. After a few moments Peter said, “Maybe Odie was supposed to find you, maybe you should keep it.”
139.What did Tracy do after finding the dog?
A.She looked for its owner B.She gave it to Ann as a gift.
C.She sold it to the dollar store. D.She bought some food for it.
140.How did the dog help save Jack?
A.By breaking the door for Ann. B.By leading Ann to Jack’s room.
C.By dragging Jack out of the room. D.By attending Jack when Ann was out.
141.What was Ann’s attitude to the dog according to Paragraph 4?
A.Sympathetic B.Doubtful
C.Tolerant D.Grateful
142.For what purpose did Peter call Tracy?
A.To help her friend’s son. B.To interview Tracy
C.To take back his dog. D.To return the flier to her.
143.What can we infer about the dog from the last paragraph?
A.It would be given to Odie. B.It would be kept by Ann5 family.
C.It would be returned to Peter. D.It would be taken away by Tracy.
【答案】139.A 140.B 141.D 142.C 143.B
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。一天，Tracy在当地学校附近捡到一只流浪狗，把它交代给邻居Ann照顾，自己去找狗的主人。Ann答应只照顾这只狗一天。结果在没找到狗主人之前Ann和她的两个儿子一直照顾这只狗而且很快喜欢上了它。Ann的大儿子有心脏病，多亏了这只狗帮Ann及时救了她儿子，所以当狗主人来认领狗时全家人都舍不得它走。最终，狗留在了Ann家里，成为家庭一员。
139.A考查细节理解。根据第二段开头句子“Tracy took photos of the dog and printed off 400 FOUND fliers…”可知，Tracy照了狗的照片，印了400张传单。这都是为了找到狗的主人。故选A。
140.B考查判断推理。根据第三段句子“When she arrived home…where Ann found Jack…”可以推断，狗Riley是通过向Ann狂叫并领Ann进入Jack的房间让Ann发现Jack犯了心脏病从而及时救了Jack的。故选B。
141.D考查判断推理。根据第四段Ann跟报社说的话，“If it hadn’t …”,如果不是狗领着Ann找到Jack，Jack可能就死了。也就是狗救了Jack的命，所以可以推断Ann对狗很感激，感激它救了她儿子的命。故选D。
142.C考查细节理解。根据第五段句子“A man named Peter recognized his lost dog…”可知，Peter给Tracy打电话的目的是为了领回他丢失的狗。故选C。
143.B考查判断推理。根据最后一段Peter去Ann家里领回他的狗时看到的场景“saw Thomas and Jack crying…”及他说说的话“Maybe … you should keep it.”可以推断，狗最终是留着了Ann家里。故选B。
35.（2014年，山东卷）
It was one of those terribly hot days in Baltimore. Needless to say, it was too hot to do anything outside. But it was also scorching in our apartment. This was 1962, and I would not live in a place with an air conditioner for another ten years. So my brother and I decided to leave the apartment to find someplace indoors. He suggested we could see a movie. It was a brilliant plan.
Movie theaters were one of the few places you could sit all day and—most important —sit in air conditioning. In those days, you could buy one ticket and sit through two movies. Then, the theater would show the same two movies again. If you wanted to, you could sit through them twice. Most people did not do that, but the manager at our theater. Mr. Bellow did not mind if you did.
That particular day, my brother and I sat through both movies twice, trying to escape the heat. We bought three bags of popcorn and three sodas each. Then, we sat and watched The Music Man followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. We’d already seen the second movie once before. It had been at the theater since January, because Mr. Bellow loved anything with John Wayne in it.
We left the theater around 8, just before the evening shows began. But we returned the next day and saw the same two movies again, twice more. And we did it the next day too. Finally, on the fourth day, the heat wave broke.
Still, to this day I can sing half the songs in The Music Man and recite half of John Wayne and Jimmy Stewart’s dialogue from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance! Those memories are some of the few I have of the heat wave of 1962. They’re really memories of the screen, not memories of my life.
144.In which year did the author first live in a place with an air conditioner?
A.1952 B.1962 C.1972 D.1982
145.What does the underlined word”It” in Paragraph 3 refer to?
A.The heat B.The theater. C.The Music Man D.The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance
146.What do we know about Mr. Bellow?
A.He loved children very much.
B.He was a fan of John Wayne.
C.He sold air conditioners.
D.He was a movie star.
147.Why did the author and his/her brother see the same movies several times?
A.The two movies were really wonderful.
B.They wanted to avoid the heat outside.
C.The manager of the theater was friendly.
D.They liked the popcorn and the soda at the theater.
148.What can we learn from the last paragraph?
A.The author turned out to be a great singer.
B.The author enjoyed the heat wave of 1962.
C.The author’s life has been changed by the two movies.
D.The author considers the experience at the theater unforgettable.
【答案】144.C 145.D 146.B 147.B 148.D
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文讲述了作者小时候为了避暑和弟弟到电影院去一遍一遍看电影，以至于多年时候还记得电影里面的歌曲和对白，表达了自己对以往那段在电影院里度过的时光的怀念之情。
144.C考查细节理解。由第二段第三句“This was 1962,I wuold not live in a place with air conditioner for another ten years”可知，作者在10年后住进了有空调的房子。故选C。
考查类别统一为：考查细节理解。考查猜测词义。考查判断推理。考查主旨要义；考查文章标题；
145.D考查指代判断。由第三段第三句和第四句“Then，we sat and watched The Music Man followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. We have already seen the second movie once more.”可知，it指的是这两部电影中的第二部电影即The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance。故选D。
146.B考查细节理解。由第三段最后一句“…because Mr. Bellow loved anything with John Wayne in it.”可知，Mr. Bellow很喜欢John Wayne。故选B。
147.B考查细节理解。由第二段第一句可知，在这炎热的夏天电影院是你可以一坐一整天的为数不多的地方，最重要的是这里有空调，所以作者和弟弟到电影院区的目的是为了避暑。故选B。
148.D考查判断推理。最后一段中作者说时至今日他仍然会唱The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance里的歌，会背诵里面的对白，很少会记起1962年的热浪但是会时常记起这部电影，说明作者很怀念那段在电影院度过的时光。故选D。
36.（2014年，江西卷）
Larry was on another of his underwater expeditions(探险)but this time, it was different. He decided to take his daughter along with him. She was only ten years old. This would be her first trip with her father on what he had always been famous for.
Larry first began diving when he was his daughter’s age. Similarly, his father had taken him along on one of his expeditions. Since then, he had never looked back. Larry started out by renting diving suits from the small diving shop just along the shore. He had hated them. They were either too big or too small. Then, there was the instructor. He gave him a short lesson before allowing him into the water with his father. He had made an exception. Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide. Children his age were not even allowed to dive.
After the first expedition, Larry’s later diving adventures only got better and better. There was never a dull moment. In his black and blue suit and with an oxygen tank fastened on his back, Larry dived from boats into the middle of the ocean. Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing his search. Sometimes, he was limited to a cage underwater but that did not bother him. At least, he was still able to take photographs of the underwater creatures.
Larry’s first expedition without his father was in the Cayman Islands. There were numerous diving spots in the area and Larry was determined to visit all of them. Fortunately for him, a man offered to take him around the different Spots for free.______________________________________________________The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures.
Larry looked at his daughter. She looked as excited as he had been when he was her age. He hoped she would be able to continue the family tradition. Already, she looked like she was much braver than had been then. This was the key to a successful underwater expedition.
149.In what way was this expedition different for Larry?
A.His daughter had grown up.
B.He had become a famous diver.
C.His father would dive with him.
D.His daughter would dive with him.
150.What can be inferred from Paragraph2?
A.Larry had some privileges.
B.Larry liked the rented diving suits.
C.Divers had to buy diving equipment.
D.Ten-year-old children were permitted to dive.
151.Why did Larry have to stay in a cage underwater sometimes?
A.To protect himself from danger.
B.To dive into the deep water.
C.To admire the underwater view.
D.To take photo more conveniently.
152.What can be learned from the underlined sentence?
A.Larry didn’t wear a watch.
B.Larry was not good at math.
C.Larry had a poor memory.
D.Larry enjoyed the adventure.
153.What did Larry expect his daughter to do?
A.Become a successful diver.
B.Make a good diving guide.
C.Take a lot of photo underwater.
D.Have longer hours of training.
【答案】149.D 150.A 151.A 152.D 153.A
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。Larry小时候，特别受优待——接受了水下探险的理论和实践的教育。在父亲的带领下开始了惊奇的水下探险之旅，并不断地成长。最后成为一个有名的探险家。今天，他也要带着女儿水下探险，希望女儿能继承家中传统，也成为一个好的水下探险者。
149.D解析：细节理解题 第一段第1，2 句（but this time, it was different. He decided to take his daughter along with him.）告诉我们，Larry再一次进行水下探险，但这一次不同，他决定带他女儿一起去。所以D选项正确。B选项干扰性较大。该段最后一句是说：这是Larry成名后女儿第一次跟父亲去的水下探险。Larry的成名并不是此次探险的不同。
150.A解析：推理判断题 从该段可知，本来像他这样年龄的小孩是不被允许水下探险的（Children his age were not even allowed to dive.，然而他是个例外（He had made an exception），并且下水之前，他必须接受至少5小时的理论教育以及5小时以上的和老师一起下水的实践辅导。（Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide.），由此推测，A选项正确。
151.A解析：推理判断题 第三段告诉我们，Larry潜入深水中，一些危险区域也阻扰不了他的深水搜寻（Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing his search.）。而根据常识，在深水中人呆在铁笼中以防危险的突发（如海底动物的袭击）。故选A。
152.D
解析：句意理解与推测题 第四段告诉我们，有个人免费带他在水中在不同的区域探险，这样他得以亲眼目睹到30多种以上类型的海洋生物（The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures.），可以想象多么地其乐融融！以致忘记了时间，忘记了去了多少个地方，忘记了拍了多少张相片。所以D 选项正确。
153.A解析：细节理解题 从最后一段得知，Larry看着他女儿，希望她能继承他家的传统（He hoped she would be able to continue the family tradition.）；瞧着她的勇敢劲儿，肯定能变为一个成功的水下探险者（This was the key to a successful underwater expedition.）。故A选项正确。
37.（2014年，湖南卷）
In the mid-1950s, I was a somewhat bored early-adolescent male student who believed that________________________One day, this approach threw me into embarrassment
In Mrs. Totten’s eighth-grade math class at Central Avenue School in Anderson, Indiana, we were learning to add and subtract decimals (小数).
Our teacher typically assigned daily homework, which would be recited in class the following day. On most days, our grades were based on our oral answer to homework questions.
Mrs. Totten usually walked up and down the rows of desks requesting answers from student after student in the order the questions had appeared on our homework sheets. She would start either at the front or the back of the classroom and work toward the other end.
Since I was seated near the middle of about 35 students, it was easy to figure out which questions I might have to answer. This particular time, I had completed my usual two or three problems according to my calculations.
What I failed to expect was that several students were absent, which threw off my estimate. As Mrs. Totten made her way from the beginning of the class，I desperately tried to determine which math problem I would get. I tried to work it out before she got to me, but I had brain freeze and couldn’t function.
When Mrs. Totten reached my desk，she asked what answer I’d got for problem No. 14. “I…I didn’t get anything,” I answered，and my face felt warm.
“Correct,” she said.
It turned out that the correct answer was zero.
What did I learn that day? First, always do all your homework. Second, in real life it isn’t always what you say but how you say it that matters. Third，I would never make it as a mathematician.
If I could choose one school day that taught me the most, it would be that one.
154.What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 indicate?
A.It is wise to value one’s time.
B.It is important to make an effort
C.It is right to stick to one’s belief.
D.It is enough to do the necessary.
155.Usually, Mrs. Totten asked her students to _______.
A.recite their homework together
B.grade their homework themselves
C.answer their homework questions orally
D.check the answers to their homework questions
156.The author could work out which questions to answer since the teacher always _______.
A.asked questions in a regular way
B.walked up and down when asking questions
C.chose two or three questions for the students
D.requested her students to finish their usual questions
157.The author failed to get the questions he had expected because _______.
A.the class didn’t begin as usual
B.several students didn’t come to school
C.he didn’t try hard to make his estimate
D.Mrs. Totten didn’t start from the back of the class
158.Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A.An Unforgettable Teacher
B.A Future Mathematician
C.An Effective Approach
D.A Valuable Lesson
【答案】154.D 155.C 156.A 157.B 158.D
【解析】作者回忆了自己青春期早期，非常的自负。然而，在一堂数学课上所发生的一件尴尬的事情，给作者一次有价值的教训，也让作者明白了许多道理。
154.D 句意理解题。根据文章第一段I was a somewhat bored early-adolescent male student who believed that doing any more than necessary was wasted effort. 及下文作者的讲述可知做任何必要的都是白费力气。故选D.
155.C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段最后一句On most days, our grades were based on our oral answer to homework questions.可知作者的数学老师要求学生口头回答家庭作业的问题。故选C.
156.A 细节理解题。根据文章第五段中Since I was seated near the middle of about 35 students, it was easy to figure out which questions I might have to answer.可知作者坐中间，很容易推算出他要回答的问题。故选A.
157.B 细节理解题。根据文章第六段首句What I failed to expect was that several students were absent, which threw off my estimate.可知由于几位同学缺席，导致了不能够知道他回答哪个问题。故选B.
158.D 文章标题推测题。在文章中作者回忆了自己青春期早期，在一堂数学课上所发生的尴尬的事情，给作者一次有价值的教训。故选D.
38.（2014年，福建卷）
It was Mother’s Day morning last year and I was doing my shopping at our local supermarket with my five-year-old son, Tenyson. As we were leaving, we found that only minutes earlier an elderly woman had fallen over at the entrance and had hit her head on the concrete. Her husband was with her, but there was blood everywhere and the woman was embarrassed and clearly in shock.
Walking towards the scene, Tenyson became very upset about what had happened to the couple. He said to me, “Mum, it’s not much fun falling over in front of everyone.”
At the front of the supermarket a charity(慈善) group had set up a stand selling cooked sausages and flowers to raise funds. Tenyson suggested that we should buy the lady a flower. “It will make her feel better,” he said. I was amazed that he’d come up with such a sweet idea. So we went over to the flower seller and asked her if we could buy a flower for the lady to cheer her up. “Just take it,” she replied. “I can’t take your money for such a wonderful gesture.”
By now paramedics（救援人员）had arrived, and were attending the injured woman. As we walked up to her, my son became______by all the blood and medical equipment. He said he was just too scared to go up to her.
Instead I gave the flower to the woman’s husband and told him, “ My son was very upset for your wife and wanted to give her this flower to make her feel better.”
At that, the old man started crying and said, “Thank you so much, you have a wonderful son. Happy Mother’s Day to you.”
The man then bent down and gave his wife the flower, telling her who it was from. Though badly hurt and shaken, the old lady looked up at Tenyson with love in her eyes and gave him a little smile.
159.What dose the author intend to tell us?
A.One can never be too careful.
B.Actions speak louder than words.
C.Love begins with a little smile.
D.A small act of kindness brings a great joy.
160.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.The elderly woman was knocked down by Tenyson.
B.Tenyson’s idea of buying a flower gained his mother’s support.
C.Tenyson’s care for the elderly woman puzzled the flower seller.
D.The elderly woman was moved to tears by Tenyson’s gesture.
161.The underlined word “intimidated” in the fourth paragraph probably means “___________”.
A.astonished B.struck C.frightened D.excited
162.What would be the best title for the passage?
A.Flower Power
B.Mother’s Day
C.An Accidental Injury
D.An Embarrassing Moment
【答案】159.D 160.B 161.C 162.A
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章讲了一个母亲节，作者和儿子在商场购物，发现了一位摔倒受伤的老人，作者的儿子坚持要给老人买束花。尽管老人受伤严重，但是仍然向作者的儿子露出了微笑。由此可见一个小小的善举都可能带来快乐。
159.推理判断题。这篇文章讲了一个母亲节，作者和儿子在商场购物，发现了一位摔倒受伤的老人，作者的儿子坚持要给老人买束花。尽管老人受伤严重，但是仍然向作者的儿子露出了微笑。由此可见一个小小的善举都可能带来快乐。故选D。
160.推理判断题。根据第三段中so we went over to the flower seller and asked her if we could buy a flower for the lady to cheer her up.(所以我们去找卖花的人，问她我们能不能买一朵花给那位女士，让她高兴起来。)可推断Tenyson的主意获得了他的母亲的支持，故选B。
161.词义猜测题。根据下文he said he was just too scared to go up to her(他说他太害怕了，不敢去找她)可猜出 画线句句意：当我们走向她时，我的儿子因为鲜血和医疗器械感到害怕，故“intimidated”意思是害怕。故选C。
162.主旨大意题。这篇文章讲了一个母亲节，作者和儿子在商场购物，发现了一位摔倒受伤的老人，作者的儿子坚持要给老人买束花。尽管老人受伤严重，但是仍然向作者的儿子露出了微笑。所以最好的题目应该是鲜花的力量，故选A。
39.（2012年，上海卷）
Phil White has just returned from an 18,000­mile, around­the­world bicycle trip. White had two reasons for making this epic journey. First of all, he wanted to use the trip to raise money for charity, which he did. He raised ￡70,000 for the British charity, Oxfam. White's second reason for making the trip was to break the world record and become the fastest person to cycle around the world. He is still waiting to find out if he has broken the record or not.
White set off from Trafalgar Square, in London, on 19th June 2004 and was back 299 days later. He spent more than 1,300 hours in the saddle (车座) and destroyed four sets of tyres and three bike chains. He had the adventure of his life crossing Europe, the Middle East, India, Asia, Australia, New Zealand and the Americas. Amazingly, he did all of this with absolutely no support team. No jeep carrying food, water and medicine. No doctor. Nothing! Just a bike and a very, very long road.
The journey was lonely and desperate at times. He also had to fight his way across deserts, through jungles and over mountains. He cycled through heavy rains and temperatures of up to 45 degrees, all to help people in need. There were other dangers along the road. In Iran, he was chased by armed robbers and was lucky to escape with his life and the little money he had. The worst thing that happened to him was having to cycle into a headwind on a road that crosses the south of Australia. For 1,000 kilometres he battled against the wind that was constantly pushing him. This part of the trip was slow, hard work and depressing, but he made it in the end. Now Mr. White is back and intends to write a book about his adventures.
163.When Phil White returned from his trip, he ________.
A.broke the world record
B.collected money for Oxfam
C.destroyed several bikes
D.travelled about 1,300 hours
164.What does the word “epic” in Paragraph 1 most probably mean?
A.Very slow but exciting.
B.Very long and difficult.
C.Very smooth but tiring.
D.Very lonely and depressing.
165.During his journey around the world, Phil White ________.
A.fought heroically against robbers in Iran
B.experienced the extremes of heat and cold
C.managed to ride against the wind in Australia
D.had a team of people who travelled with him
166.Which of the following words can best describe Phil White?
A.Imaginative. B.Patriotic. C.Modest. D.Determined.
【答案】163.B 164.B 165.C 166.D
【解析】本文讲述了Phil单人骑自行车环游全球的故事，他这样做有两个原因：慈善和打破世界纪录。
163.B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句He is still waiting to find out if he has broken the record or not可知他还不主动是不是破记录了。根据第二段第二句He spent more than l,300 hours in the saddle（车座） and destroyed four sets of tyres and three bike chains.可知他并没有骑坏自行车，只是轮胎和链条坏了。使用ACD三项都是错误的。根据第一段第三句First of all, he wanted to use the trip to raise money for charity, which he did. He raised ￡70,000 for the British charity, Oxfam.可知为了Oxfam他的确筹集到了钱。故B正确。
164.B 词义猜测题。根据第一句Phil White has just returned from an 18,000-mile, around-the-world bicycle trip.Phil骑自行车环游全世界，根据第三段内容可知这次骑行是非常艰难辛苦的。A项中的exciting没有体现，C项中smooth没有体现。D项中depressing没有体现。B项正确。
165.C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段倒数3、4句The worst thing that happened to him was having to cycle into a headwind on a road that crosses the south of Australia. For l,000 kilometers he battled against the wind that was constantly pushing him.可知在骑行途中他要和大风斗争。故C项正确。
166.D 总结归纳题。Phil单人骑自行车环游全球，骑坏轮胎和链条。这是非常艰难的行程，而他做到了。说明他非常有决心和毅力。故D项正确。
40.（2012年，安徽卷）
When Kate's paintings were on show in London，a poet described her paintings as “a ribbon (丝带）around a bomb”.Such comments seem to suggest Kate had a big influence on the art world of her time.Sadly，she is actually_________today than she was during her time.
Born in 1907 in a village near Mexico City，Kate suffered from polio（小儿麻痹症）at the age of seven.Her spine (脊柱)became bent as she grew older.Then，in 1925，her back was broken in several places in a school-bus accident.Throughout the rest of her life，the artist had many operations，but nothing was able to cure the terrible pain in her back.However，the accident had an unexpected side effect.While lying in her bed recovering，Kate taught herself to paint.
In 1929，she got married to Diego Rivera，another famous Mexican artist.Rivera's strong influences on Kate's style can be seen in her early works，but her later works from the 1940s，known today as her best works，show less influence from her husband.
Unfortunately，her works did not attract much attention in the 1930s and1940s，even in her home country.Her first one-woman show in Mexico was not held until 1953.For more than a decade after her death in 1954，Kate's works remained largely unnoticed by the world，but in the 1970s her works began to gain international fame at last.
167.What does the underlined phrase “a much bigger name” in paragraph 1 most probablymean?
A.A far better artist. B.A far more gifted artist.
C.A much stronger person. D.A much more famous person.
168.The terrible pain Kate suffered was caused by.
A.polio B.her bent spine
C.back injuries D.the operations she had
169.Kate's style had become increasingly independent since the.
A.1930s B.1940s C.1950s D.1970s
170.What is author's attitude toward Kate?
A.Devotion. B.Sympathy. C.Worry. D.Encouragement.
【答案】167.D 168.C 169.B 170.B
【解析】文章介绍了画家Frida Kahlo，小时候的残疾加上后来的事故给她带来了伤痛，但是还是自学绘画，后来绘画风格受到丈夫的影响，但是没有失去自己的特点，虽然当时没有受到关注，但是现在她的艺术成就受到广泛的认可。
167.猜词题：根据第一段的最后一句话：Sadly, she is actually a much bigger name today than she was during her time.（可惜的是，相比于她所处的时代，在如今她有着：更大的名气），和前面的句子：Such comments seem to suggest Kahlo had a big influence on the art world of her time可知a much bigger name 意思是：a much more famous person选D。
168.细节题：从第二段的句子：Throughout the rest of her life, the artist had many operations, but nothing was able to cure the terrible pain in her back. 可知她遭遇的巨大的疼痛都是由背部的疼痛造成的，选C
169.归纳推理题。根据第三段的句子：“but her later works from the 1940s, known today as her best works, show less influence from her husband.”可知，在20世纪40年代，Kahlo的风格更加独立了，得出答案B。
170.归纳推理题。根据最后一段中“Unfortunately, her works did not attract much attention in the 1930s and 1940s, even in her home country.不幸的是，她的作品并没有收到太多的关注，即使是在自己的祖国，可见作者对她的态度是同情的，选B。
41.（2013年，浙江卷）
In 1974, after filling out fifty applications, going through four interviews, and winning one offer, I took what I could get ----- a teaching job at what I considered a distant wild area: western New Jersey. My characteristic optimism was alive only when I reminded myself that I would be doing what I had wanted to do since I was fourteen ------- teaching English.
School started, but I felt more and more as if I were in a foreign country. Was this rural area really New Jersey? My students took a week off when hunting season began. I was told they were also frequently absent in late October to help their fathers make hay on the farms. I was a young woman from New York City, who thought that “Make hay while the sun shines” just meant to have a good time.
But, still, I was teaching English. I worked hard, taking time off only to eat and sleep. And then there was my sixth-grade class ---- seventeen boys and five girls who were only six years younger than me. I had a problem long before I knew it. I was struggling in my work as a young idealistic teacher. I wanted to make literature come alive and to promote a love of the written word. The students wanted to throw spitballs and whisper dirty words in the back of the room.
In college I had been taught that a successful educator should ignore bad behavior. So I did, confident that, as the textbook had said, the bad behavior would disappear as I gave my students positive attention. It sounds reasonable, but the text evidently ignored the fact that humans, particularly teenagers, rarely seems reasonable. By the time my boss, who was also my taskmaster, known to be the strictest, most demanding, most quick to fire inexperienced teachers, came into the classroom to observe me, the students exhibited very little good behavior to praise.
My boss sat in the back of the room. The boys in the class were making animal noises, hitting each other while the girls filed their nails or read magazines. I just pretended it all wasn’t happening, and went on lecturing and tried to ask some inspiring questions. My boss, sitting in the back of the classroom, seemed to be growing bigger and bigger. After twenty minutes he left, silently. Visions of unemployment marched before my eyes.
I felt mildly victorious that I got through the rest of class without crying, but at my next free period I had to face him. I wondered if he would let me finish out the day. I walked to his office, took a deep breath, and opened the door.
He was sitting in his chair, and he looked at me long and hard. I said nothing. All I could think of was that I was not an English teacher; I had been lying to myself, pretending that everything was fine.
When he spoke, he said simply, without accusation, “You had nothing to say to them.”
“You had nothing to say to them”. he repeated.” No wonder they are bored. Why not get to the meat of literature and stop talking about symbolism. Talk with them, not at them. And more important, why do you ignore their bad behavior”? We talked. He named my problems and offered solutions. We role-played. He was the bad student, and I was the forceful, yet, warm, teacher
As the year progressed, we spent many hours discussing literature and ideas about human beings and their motivations. He helped me identify my weaknesses and strengths. In short, he made a teacher of me by teaching me the reality of Emerson’s words: “The secret to education lies in respecting the pupil.”
Fifteen years later I still drive that same winding road to the same school. Thanks to the help I received that difficult first year, the school is my home now.
171.It can be inferred from the story that in 1974 ________________.
A.the writer became an optimistic person
B.the writer was very happy about her new job
C.it was rather difficult to get a job in the USA
D.it was easy to get a teaching job in New Jersey
172.According to the passage, which of the following is most probably the writer’s problem as a new teacher?
A.She had blind trust in what she learnt at college.
B.She didn’t ask experienced teachers for advice.
C.She took too much time off to eat and sleep.
D.She didn’t like teaching English literature.
173.What is the writer’s biggest worry after her taskmaster’s observation of her class?
A.She might lose her teaching job.
B.She might lose her students’ respect.
C.She couldn’t teach the same class any more.
D.She couldn’t ignore her students’ bad behavior any more.
174.Which of the following gives the writer a sense of mild victory?
A.Her talk about symbolism sounded convincing.
B.Her students behaved a little better than usual.
C.She managed to finish the class without crying.
D.She was invited for a talk by her boss after class.
175.The students behaved badly in the writer’s classes because
A.They were eager to embarrass her.
B.She didn’t really understand them.
C.They didn’t regard her as a good teacher.
D.She didn’t have a good command of English.
176.The taskmaster’s attitude towards the writer after his observation of her class can be described as________________.
A.cruel but encouraging B.fierce but forgiving
C.sincere and supportive D.angry and aggressive
【答案】171.C 172.A 173.A 174.C 175.B 176.C
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章描述的是作者工作第一年到偏远山区的一所学校执教的经历，当作者个人的执教理念和现实脱节时得到了上司的指点，对自己以后文学的教学起到了很大的影响。
171.推理判断题。根据第一段第一句In 1974, after filling out fifty applications, going through four interviews, and winning one offer可知，作者是投了50份简历，经历了四次面试才得到这份工作的，可以推断出当时找工作很难，故选C。
172.细节理解题。题干关键词为the writer's problem as a new teacher，定位于第三第四段。第三段后半部分说我有个问题很久没意识到，我的教学理念和教学实际脱节，第四段又说大学里受到的教育对我影响很大，可知对大学知识的盲目自信正是她的问题所在，A项正确。B项的内容在文中没有涉及，没有提到其他老师的存在，可排除；C项描述与第三段第一句I worked hard，taking time off only to eat and sleep相矛盾；D 项说作者不喜欢文学教学也与文中说作者对工作的执着和热心相背。故选A。
173.细节理解题。根据第五段最后一句After twenty minutes he left, silently. Visions of unemployment marched before my eyes可知负责人只听了20分钟就悄悄地离开了，我似乎看到了自己被解雇的情形以及下一段第二句话我不知道他是否让我上完那天的课，由此可知作者怕丢掉来之不易的工作。故选A。
174.细节理解题。根据第六段第一句I felt mildly victorious that I got through the rest of class without crying, but at my next free period I had to face him. I wondered if he would let me finish out the day可知作者能坚持平静地上完剩下的课程就已经是使她感到不容易的事情了。故选C。
175.推理判断题。根据my boss的话，可知作者并没有真正的了解学生，懂学生，只是盲目的使用学过的教育教学方法，所以应选B。
176.推理判断题。根据第九段最后两句，the taskmaster直接指出我的问题，并通过角色扮演来帮助我，可知他的态度是真诚和支持的，所以选择Ｃ。
42.（20136年四川卷）
Home to me means a sense of familiarity and nostalgia(怀旧). It's fun to come home. It looks the same. It smells the same. You'll realize what's changed is you. Home is where we ran remember pain, live, and some other experiences; We parted here; My parents met here; I won three championships here.
If I close my eyes, I can still have a clear picture in mind of my first home. I walk in the door and see a brown sofa surrounding a low glass-top wooden table. To the right of the living room is my first bedroom. It's empty, but it's where my earliest memories are.
There is the dining room table where I celebrated birthdays, and where I cried on Halloween-when I didn't want to wear the skirt my mother made for me. I always liked standing on that table because it made me feel tall and strong. If I sit at this table, I can see my favorite room in the house, my parents' room. It is simple: a brown wooden dresser lines the right side of the wall next to a television and a couple of photos of my grandparents on each side. Their bed is my safe zone. I can jump on it anytime - waking up my parents if I am scared or if I have an important announcement that cannot wait until the morning.
I'm lucky because I know my first home still exists. It exists in my mind and heart, on a physical property(住宅) on West 64th street on the western edge of Los Angeles. It is proof I lived, I grew and I learned.
Sometimes when I feel lost, I lie down and shut my eyes, and I go home. I know it's where I'll find my family, my dogs, and my belongings. I purposely leave the window open at night because I know I'll be blamed by Mom. But I don't mind, because I want to hear her say my name, which reminds me I'm home.
181.Why does the author call her parents' bed her "safe zone"(Paragraph 3)?
A.It is her favorite place to play.
B.Her needs can be satisfied there.
C.Her grandparents' photos are lined on each side.
D.Her parents always play together with her there.
182.What can be learned from the passage?
A.The old furniture is still in the author's fist bedroom.
B.The author can still visit her first physical home in Los Angeles.
C.The author's favorite room in her first home is the dining room.
D.Many people of the author's age can still find their first physical homes.
183.Sometimes when she feels lost, the author will _______.
A.Open the window at night
B.lie down in bed to have a dream
C.try to bring back a sense of home
D.go to Los Angeles to visit her mom
184.What is the author's purpose of writing this passage?
A.To express how much she is attached to her home.
B.To declare how much she loves her first house.
C.To describe the state of her family.
D.To look back on her childhood.
【答案】181.B 182.B 183.C 184.A
【解析】本文主要表达了作者对家的依恋。小时候，家对于作者来说是自己快乐童年的地方，在家里，自己可以得到最大的满足；长大之后，家已经搬迁到了作者的心里，每当作者迷茫和疲惫的时候，总会闭上双眼，感受和回味家的温暖。
181.推理判断题。根据文章第三段最后两句Their bed is my safe zone. I can jump on it anytime - waking up my parents if I am scared or if I have an important announcement that cannot wait until the morning.可知，作者可以任何时候在父母的床上跳，如果害怕，或者有一个重要的消息不能等到早上，他可以把他的父母唤醒，可以推测出在她父母的床上，作者可以做自己喜欢的事情，故选B。
182.细节理解题：根据文章第四段I'm lucky because I know my first home still exists. It exists in my mind and heart, on a physical property(住宅) on West 64th street on the western edge of Los Angeles. It is proof I lived, I grew and I learned.可以得出作者孩提时代住的房子还在，故选B。
183.推理判断题：根据文章最后一段第一句Sometimes when I feel lost, I lie down and shut my eyes, and I go home.可以得出作者不是真正的回家，而是在脑子里回味家的味道，因此选C。
184.推理判断题。根据文章第一段第一句Home to me means a sense of familiarity and nostalgia(怀旧).以及最后一段第一句Sometimes when I feel lost, I lie down and shut my eyes, and I go home.可以推断出作者对家很依恋。故选A。
43.（2013年，四川卷）
On a stormy day last August, Tim heard some shouting. Looking out to the sea carefully, he saw a couple of kids in a rowboat were being pulled out to sea.
Two 12-year-old boys, Christian and Jack, rowed out a boat to search a football. Once they’d rowed beyond the calm waters, a beach umbrella tied to the boat caught the wind and pulled the boat into open water. The pair panicked and tried to row back to shore. But they were no match foritand the boat was out of control.
Tim knew it would soon be swallowed by the waves.
“Everything went quiet in my head,” Tim recalls（回忆）. “I’m trying to figure out how to swim to the boys in a straight line.”
Tim took off his clothes and jumped into the water. Every 500 yards or so, he raised his head to judge his progress. “At one point, I considered turning back,” he says. “I wondered if I was putting my life at risk.” After 30 minutes of struggling, he was close enough to yell to the boys, “Take down the umbrella!”
Christian made much effort to take down the umbrella. Then Tim was able to catch up and climb aboard the boat. He took over rowing, but the waves were almost too strong for him.
“Let’s aim for the pier（码头）,” Jack said. Tim turned the boat toward it. Soon afterward, waves crashed over the boat, and it began to sink. “Can you guys swim?” he cried. “A little bit,” the boys said.
Once they were in the water, Tim decided it would be safer and faster for him to pull the boys toward the pier. Christian and Jack were wearing life jackets and floated on their backs. Tim swam toward land as water washed over the boys’ faces.
“Are we almost there?” they asked again and again. “Yes,” Tim told them each time.
After 30 minutes, they reached the pier.
185.Why did the two boys go to the sea?
A.To go boat rowing.
B.To get back their football.
C.To swim in the open water.
D.To test the umbrella as a sail.
186.What does “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A.The beach B.The water
C.The boat D.The wind
187.Why did Tim raise his head regularly?
A.To take in enough fresh air.
B.To consider turning back or not.
C.To check his distance from the boys.
D.To ask the boys to take down the umbrella.
188.How can the two boys finally reach the pier?
A.They were dragged to the pier by Tim.
B.They swam to the pier all by themselves.
C.They were washed to the pier by the waves.
D.They were carried to the pier by Tim on his back.
【答案】185.B 186.D 187.C 188.A
【解析】本文为记叙文，题材为日常活动。本文讲述了两个孩子为了找一个足球驾船出海而遇到危险，最终被Tim成功救回的故事。
185.B细节理解题。根据文章第二段第一句Two 12­year­old boys，Christian and Jack，rowed out a boat to search for a football.可知他们是为了寻找自己的足球，故选B。
186.D词义猜测题。根据a beach umbrella tied to the boat caught the wind以及But they were no match foritand the boat was out of control.但是他们没有能力和风抗衡，于是船失控了。所以it指风，故选D。
187.C细节理解题。根据文章第五段第二句Every 500 yards or so，he raised his head to judge his progress.可知他常抬起头来看看自己的进展，即距离两个孩子的距离，故选C。
188.A细节理解题。根据文章倒数第三段Tim decided it would be safer and faster for him to pull the boys toward the pier. 可知两个孩子是被Tim拖到码头的，故选A。
考点：考查故事类短文阅读
44.（2013年，四川卷）
LONDON — A British judge on Thursday sentenced a businessman who sold fake bomb detectors (探测器) to 10 years in prison, saying the man hadn’t cared about potentially deadly consequences.
It is believed that James McCormick got about $ 77.8 million from the sales of his detectors — which were based on a kind of golf ball finder — to countries including Iraq, Belgium and Saudi Arabia. McCormick, 57, was convicted of cheats last month and sentenced Thursday at the Old Bailey court in London.
“Your cheating conduct in selling a great amount of useless equipment simply for huge profit promoted a false sense of security and in all probability materially contributed to causing death and injury to innocent people,” Judge Richard Hone told McCormick. “You have neither regret, nor shame, nor any sense of guilt.”
The detectors, sold for up to $ 42, 000 each, were said to be able to find such dangerous objects as bombs under water and from the air. But in fact they “lacked any grounding in science” and were of no use.
McCormick had told the court that he sold his detectors to the police in Kenya, the prison service in Hong Kong, the army in Egypt and the border control in Thailand.
“I never had any bad results from customers,” he said.
189.Why was McCormick sentenced to prison?
A.He sold bombs.
B.He caused death of people.
C.He made detectors.
D.He cheated in business.
190.According to the judge, what McCormick had done .
A.increased the cost of safeguarding
B.lowered people’s guard against danger
C.changed people’s idea of social security
D.caused innocent people to commit crimes
191.Which of the following is true of the detectors?
A.They have not been sold to Africa
B.They have caused many serious problems.
C.They can find dangerous objects in water.
D.They don’t function on the basis of science.
192.It can be inferred from the passage that McCormick .
A.sold the equipment at a low price
B.was well-known in most countries
C.did not think he had committed the crime
D.had not got such huge profit as mentioned in the text
【答案】189.D 190.B 191.D 192.C
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了McCormick因卖假冒的探测器而背叛入狱，法官认为他危害了大众的安全，但McCormick本人并不认为自己有罪。
189.细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的A British judge on Thursday sentenced a businessman who sold fake bomb detectors (探测器) to 10 years in prison, saying the man hadn’t cared about potentially deadly consequences.可知，英国一名法官周四判处一名出售假炸弹探测器的商人10年监禁，称这名商人根本不在乎潜在的致命后果。由此可知，麦考密克被判入狱是因为他在商业上有欺诈行为。故选D。
190.细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的“Your cheating conduct in selling a great amount of useless equipment simply for huge profit promoted a false sense of security and in all probability materially contributed to causing death and injury to innocent people,” Judge Richard Hone told McCormick.可知，法官理查德·霍恩告诉麦考密克：“你为了巨额利润而出售大量无用设备的欺骗行为，助长了一种虚假的安全感，很可能在很大程度上造成了无辜人民的伤亡。”由此可知，法官认为麦考密克的所作所为降低了人们对危险的警惕。故选B。
191.细节理解题。根据文章第四段中的But in fact they “lacked any grounding in science” and were of no use.可知，但事实上，它们“缺乏任何科学基础”，毫无用处。由此可知，这些探测器的作用不是建立在科学的基础上的。故选D。
192.推理判断题。根据文章第三段法官对麦考密克说的“You have neither regret, nor shame, nor any sense of guilt.(你没有遗憾，没有羞耻，也没有负罪感)及最后一段“I never had any bad results from customers,” he said.(“我从来没有收到过来自客户的任何不良结果，”他说)可推知，麦考密克并不认为自己有罪。故选C。
45.（2013年，辽宁卷）
Going green seems to be fad (时尚) for a lot of people these days. Whether that is good or bad, we can’t really say, but for the two of us, going green is not a fad but a lifestyle.
On April 22,2011,we decided to be green every single day for an entire year. This meant doing 365 different things, and it also meant challenging ourselves to go green beyond the easy things. Rather than recycle and reduce our energy, we had to think of 365 different things to do and this was no easy task.
With the idea of going green every single day a year, Our Green Year started. My wife and I decided to educate people about how they could go green in their lives and hoped we could show people all green things that could be done to help the environment. We wanted to push the message that every little bit helps.
Over the course of Our Green Year, we completely changed our lifestyles. We now shop at organic (有机的) stores. We consume less meat, choosing green food. We have greatly reduced our buying we don’t need. We have given away half of what we owned through websites. Our home is kept clean by vinegar and lemon juice, with no chemical cleaners. We make our own butter, enjoying the smell of home-made fresh bread. In our home office anyone caught doing something ungreen might be punished.
Our minds have been changed by Our Green Year. We are grateful for the chance to have been able to go green and educate others. We believe that we do have the power to change things and help our planets.
193.What might be the best title for the passage?
A.Going Green. B.Protecting the Planet.
C.Keeping Open-Minded D.Celebrating Our Green Year.
194.It was difficult for the couple to live a green life for the whole year because_________.
A.they were expected to follow the green fad
B.they didn’t know how to educate other people
C.they were unwilling to reduce their energy
D.they needed to perform unusual green tasks
195.What did the couple do over the course of Our Green Year?
A.They tried to get out of their ungreen habits.
B.They ignore others’ ungreen behavior.
C.They chose better chemical cleaners.
D.They sold their home-made food.
196.What can we infer form the last paragraph?
A.The government will give support to the green people.
B.The couple may continue their project in the future.
C.Some people disagree with the couple’s green ideas.
D.Our Green Year is becoming a national campaign.
【答案】193.A 194.D 195.A 196.B
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者通过改变自己的生活方式，过绿色生活经历，告诉人们如何通过自己的努力来改变我们周围的环境。
193.主旨大意题。根据文章中作者叙述的自己our green year经历和文章的第一段Going green seems to be fad (时尚) for a lot of people these days.和最后一段进行推断，这篇文章讲的是环保的话题。“going green”一直贯穿文章的始终，以此为标题最具概括性。故选A。
194.推理判断题。根据文章第二段中的This meant doing 365 different green things, and it also meant challenging ourselves to go green beyond easy things.可知，这意味着我们要做365件不同的环保事情，也意味着我们要挑战自己，在简单的事情之外还要做到环保。由此可知，可知过绿色的生活意味着要做365个环保的事情，这并不容易。故选D。
195.细节理解题。根据文章的第四段的第一句Over the course of Our Green Year, we completely changed our lifestyle.可知，在我们环保年的过程中，我们完全改变了我们的生活方式。由此可知，在Our Green Year中，他们要改掉自己的一些不环保的习惯。故选A。
196.推理判断题。根据最后一段内容可知，这一年的环保生活改变了夫妇二人的思想，他们为自己有机会保护环境、教育他人心存感激，并坚信人类有力量改变事物、保护我们居住的星球。由此可推断，这对夫妇很可能在未来将环保进行到底。特别注意关键词grateful，believe等。故选B。
46.（2013年，辽宁卷）
China is a land of bicycles. At least it was back in 1992 when I traveled the country. Back then everyone seemed to be riding a bicycle. Millions of them, all black. Cars were rare. Yet since my arrival in Beijing last year, I’ve found the opposite is true. There are millions of cars. However, people still use their bicycles to get around. For many, it’s the easiest and cheapest way to travel today. Bicycles also come in different colors --- silver, green, red, blue, yellow, whatever you want.
It’s fun watching people biking. They rush quickly through crossroads, move skillfully through traffic, and ride even on sidewalks. Bicycles allow people the freedom to move about that cars just can’t provide.
Eager to be part of this aspect of Chinese culture, I decided to buy a bicycle. Great weather accompanied my great buy. I immediately jumped up on my bicycle seat and started home.
My first ride home was orderly (守秩序的). To be safe, I stayed with a “pack” of bikers while cars on the streets came running swiftly out of nowhere at times. I didn’t want to get hit. So I took the ride carefully.
Crossing the streets was the biggest problem. It was a lot like crossing a major highway back in the United States. The streets here were wide, so crossing took time, skill and a little bit of luck.
I finally made it home. The feeling on the bicycle was amazing. The air hitting my face and going through my hair was wonderful. I was sitting on top of the world as I passed by places and people. Biking made me feel alive.
197.According to the author, why are bicycles still popular in China today?
A.Because they are traditional and safe.
B.Because they are convenient and inexpensive.
C.Because they are colorful and available.
D.Because they are fast and environment friendly.
198.The author decided to buy a bicycle because he intended __________.
A.to ride it for fun B.to use it for transport
C.to experience local culture D.to improve his riding skills
199.How did the author feel about his street crossing？
A.It was boring. B.It was difficult.
C.It was lively. D.It was wonderful.
200.Which of the following best describes the author’s biking experience
A.The author enjoyed showing off his biking skills.
B.The author was annoyed by the air while riding.
C.The author was praised by the other bikers.
D.The author took great pleasure in biking.
【答案】197.B 198.C 199.B 200.D
【解析】本文为记叙文。中国在过去是自行车的王国，而现在仍然有很多人喜欢骑自行车出行，因为这种交通方式方便、省钱。为了融入这种文化，“我”也买了一辆自行车。但是在回家途中，发现骑车过街是最大的问题，需要时间、技巧和一点儿运气。但是骑行经历让“我”觉得很愉快、很有趣。
197.细节理解题。根据第一段中的For many，it’s the easiest and cheapest way to travel today.可知，自行车如今仍然很受欢迎，是因为它的便捷和经济。根据倒数第二段 I didn't want to get hit. So I took the ride carefully. 和倒数第三段 so crossing took time, skill and a little bit of luck.的叙述可知，骑自行车并不安全，速度也不是很快，故A项和D项错误；文章虽然提到了自行车的颜色多种多样，但这并不是它受欢迎的原因，故C项错误，故选B。
198.细节理解题。根据第三段第一句话Eager to be part of this aspect of Chinese culture...可知，作者购买自行车是因为迫切地想融入中国的这种文化之中，故C项正确。作者在有了骑行经历之后才发现了其中的乐趣，故A项错误；文章并未提到作者购买自行车是为了作为交通工具或者提高骑行技术，故排除B项和D项，故选C。
199.细节理解题。细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的叙述Crossing the streets was the biggest problem.so crossing took time, skill and a little bit of luck可知，骑车过街是最大的问题，需要时间、技巧和运气，因此作者认为骑车过街非常困难故选B。
200.推理判断题。由最后一段The feeling on the bicycle was amazing. The air was hitting my face and going through my hair. I was sitting on top of the world as I passed by places and people. 可知，空气吹拂脸颊和头发的感觉很美妙，骑行时就像坐在了世界的顶端，骑自行车使作者觉得充满了活力。由此可判断出，作者觉得骑自行车很有乐趣，故D项正确。A项意为“作者喜欢炫耀自己的骑行技术”；B项意为“作者很讨厌骑行时的空气”；C项意为“作者被其他骑行人员赞扬了”，均与文章内容不符，故选D。
47.（2013年，湖南卷）
In my living room, there is a plaque (匾) that advises me to “Bloom (开花) where you are planted.” It reminds me of Dorothy. I got to know Dorothy in the early 1980s, when I was teaching Early Childhood Development through a program with Union College in Barbourville, Kentucky. The job responsibilities required occasional visits to the classroom of each teacher in the program. Dorothy stands out in my memory as one who “bloomed” in her remote area.
Dorothy taught in a school In Harlan County, Kentucky, Appalachian Mountain area. To get to her school from the town of Harlan, I followed a road winding around the mountain. In the eight-mile journey, I crossed the same railroad track five times, giving the possibility of getting caught by the same train five times. Rather than feeling excited by this drive through the mountains, I found it depressing. The poverty level was shocking and the small shabby houses gave me the greatest feeling of hopelessness.
From the moment of my arrival at the little school, all gloom (忧郁) disappeared. Upon arriving at Dorothy’s classroom. I was greeted with smiling faces and treated like a queen. The children had been prepared to show me their latest projects. Dorothy told me with a big smile that they were serving poke greens salad and cornbread for “dinner” (lunch). In case you don’t know, poke greens are a weed-type plant that grows wild, especially on poor ground.
Dorothy never ran out of reports of exciting activities of her students. Her enthusiasm never cooled down. When it came time to sit for the testing and interviewing required to receive her Child Development Associate Certification, Dorothy was ready. She came to the assessment and passed in all areas. Afterward, she invited me to the one-and-only steak house in the area to celebrate her victory, as if she had received her Ph. D.degree. After the meal, she placed a little box containing an old pen in my hand. She said it was a family heirloom (传家宝), but to me it is a treasured symbol of appreciation and pride that cannot be matched with things. (360 words)
201.“Early Childhood Development” in Paragraph 1 refers to __________.
A.a program directed by Dorothy
B.a course given by the author
C.an activity held by the students
D.an organization sponsored by Union college
202.In the journey, the author was most disappointed at seeing __________.
A.the long track B.the poor houses
C.the same train D.the winding road
203.Upon arriving at the classroom, the author was cheered up by __________.
A.a warm welcome B.the sight of poke greens
C.Dorothy’s latest projects D.a big dinner made for her
204.What can we know about Dorothy from the last paragraph?
A.She was invited to a celebration at a restaurant.
B.She got a pen as a gift from the author.
C.She passed the required assessment.
D.She received her Ph. D.degree.
205.What does the author mainly intend to tell us?
A.Whatever you do, you must do it carefully.
B.Whoever you are, you deserve equal treatment.
C.However poor you are, you have the right to education,
D.Wherever you are, you can accomplish your achievement.
【答案】201.B 202.B 203.A 204.C 205.D
【解析】本文是一篇夹叙夹议文。文章主要讲述了作者作为一个项目的评估专家去拜访一位贫困山区的教师的故事。开始一路上的穷困景象让作者很沮丧，但后来这位教师以及她的学生们的热情和乐观使作者深受感动且印象深刻。
201.词义猜测题。根据文章第一段的意思特别是when I was teaching Early Childhood Development through a program with Union College in Barbourville, Kentucky. 可知，当我在肯塔基州巴布尔维尔的工会学院的一个项目中教授Early Childhood Development 时，因此土地这是作者所教的课程。故选B。
202.细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“The poverty level was shocking and the small shabby houses gave me the greatest feeling of hopelessness.”可知，贫穷程度令人震惊，破旧的小房子给了我最大的绝望感。因此可知，看到破旧的小屋时作者感到最失望，而不是看见“长长的轨道”“同一列火车”或“蜿蜒的道路”时，所以正确答案是B。
203.推理判断题。根据第三段第二句“Upon arriving at Dorothy's classroom，I was greeted with smiling faces and treated like a queen.”可知作者一到Dorothy的教室，就受到了“女王”般的待遇，即受到了热烈欢迎。故选A。
204.推理判断题。根据最后一段第四句“She came to the assessment and passed in all areas.”可知她通过了所需的评估，所以正确答案是C。A、B两项的描述与原文相反，应该是她请作者去吃饭庆祝，并送给作者一支钢笔；原文中说她像得到博士学位一样高兴，而不是真的得到了博士学位，故选C.。
205.推理判断题。作者在文章开头提到了那块有着不寻常意义的匾上的字，“Bloom where you are planted.”，即“在你被播种的地方开花”，并通过一个真实的故事告诉我们，不管我们在哪里，都可以实现自己的梦想，取得成就，故选D。
48.（2013年，陕西卷）
In 1978, I was 18 and was working as a nurse in a small town about 270 km away from Sydney, Australia. I was looking forward to having five fays off from duty. Unfortunately, the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already left. So I thought I’d hitch a ride (搭便车).
I waited by the side of the highway for three hours but no one stopped for me. Finally, a man walked over and introduced himself as Gordon. He said that although he couldn’t give me a lift, I should come back to his house for lunch. He noticed me standing for hours in the November heat and thought I must be hungry. I was doubtful as a young girl but he assured (使……放心)me I was safe, and he also offered to help me find a lift home afterwards. When we arrived at his house, he made us sandwiches. After lunch, he helped me find a lift home.
Twenty-five years later, in 2003, while I was driving to a nearby town one day, I saw an elderly man standing in the glaring heat, trying to hitch a ride. I thought it was another chance to repay someone for the favour I’d been given decades earlier. I pulled over and picked him up. I made him comfortable on the back seat and offered him some water.
After a few moments of small talk, the man said to me, “You haven’t changed a bit, even your red hair is still the same.” I couldn’t remember where I’d met him. He then told me he was the man who had given me lunch and helped me find a lift all those years ago. It was Gordon.
206.The author had to hitch a ride one day in 1978 because .
A.her work delayed her trip to Sydney
B.she was going home for her holidays
C.the town was far away from Sydney
D.she missed the only train back home
207.Which of the following did Gordon do according to Paragraph 2?
A.He helped the girl find a ride
B.He gave the girl a ride back home.
C.He bought sandwiches for the girl
D.He watched the girl for three hours.
208.The reason why the author offered a lift to the elderly man was that .
A.she realized he was Gordon
B.she had known him for decades
C.she was going to the nearby town
D.she wanted to repay the favour she once got
209.What does the author want to tell the readers through the story?
A.Giving sometimes produces nice results
B.Those who give rides will be rapid.
C.Good manners bring about happiness
D.People should offer free rides to others.
【答案】206.D 207.A 208.D 209.A
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。作者讲述了25年前自己错过了唯一的一趟回家的火车，她想搭便车回家但没有人为她停车。最后一位名叫Gordon的人把自己请到家中吃了午饭并帮助自己找到了回家的便车。25年后的一天搭自己便车的老人竟然是那位名叫Gordon的人。
206.细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already left. So I thought I’d hitch a ride唯一的一趟回家的火车已经离开，所以我想搭便车回家。选D。
207.细节理解题。根据文章第二段中he also offered to help me find a lift home他还主动帮助我找到回家的便车故选A项。
208.细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的I thought it was another chance to repay someone for the favor I’d been given decades earlier可知，我认为这是回报几十年前给我帮助的人的又一次机会。故选D项。
209.推理判断题。综合分析全文内容作者讲述了25年前自己错过了唯一的一趟回家的火车，她想搭便车回家但没有人为她停车。最后一位名叫Gordon的人把自己请到家中吃了午饭并帮助自己找到了回家的便车。25年后的一天搭自己便车的老人竟然是那位名叫Gordon的人。所以25年前作者得到Gordon的帮助，25年后Gordon又偶然地得到作者的帮助。故作者想通过这个故事，告诉我们：给予有时会产生好的结果。故选A项。
49.（2013年，全国卷I）
Some people will do just about anything to save money.And I am one of them.Take my family’s last vacation.It was my six­year­old son’s winter break from school, and we were heading home from Fort Lauderdale after a week long trip.The flight was overbooked, and Delta, the airline, offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day.I had meetings in New York, so I had to get back.But that didn’t mean my husband and my son couldn’t stay.I took my nine­month­old and took off for home.
The next day, my husband and son were offered more credits to take an even later flight.Yes, I encouraged — okay, ordered — them to wait it out at the airport, to “earn” more Delta Dollars.Our total take: $1,600.Not bad, huh?
Now some people may think I’m a bad mother and not such a great wife either.But as a big­time bargain hunter, I know the value of a dollar.And these days, a good deal is something few of us can afford to pass up.
I’ve made a living looking for the best deals and exposing（揭露）the worst tricks.I have been the consumer reporter of NBC’s Today show for over a decade.I have written a couple of books including one titled Tricks of the Trade: A Consumer Survival Guide.And I really do what I believe in.
I tell you this because there is no shame in getting your money’s worth.I’m also tightfisted when it comes to shoes, clothes for my children, and expensive restaurants.But I wouldn’t hesitate to spend on a good haircut.It keeps its shape longer, and it’s the first thing people notice.And I will also spend on a classic piece of furniture.Quality lasts.
210.Why did Delta give the author’s family credits?
A.They took a later flight.
B.They had early bookings.
C.Their flight had been delayed.
D.Their flight had been cancelled.
211.What can we learn about the author?
A.She rarely misses a good deal.
B.She seldom makes a compromise.
C.She is very strict with her children.
D.She is interested in cheap products.
212.What does the author do?
A.She’s a teacher.
B.She’s a housewife.
C.She’s a media person.
D.She’s a businesswoman.
213.What does the author want to tell us?
A.How to expose bad tricks.
B.How to reserve airline seats.
C.How to spend money wisely.
D.How to make a business deal.
【答案】210.A 211.A 212.C 213.C
【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文。作者通过一家人乘飞机返家过程中由于机票超额预定，从而可以推迟回家而得到航空公司的赔偿一事，引出在日常生活中如何利用一些机会合理的花钱，体现了一个女人在持家方面的睿智。
210.A细节题：根据文章第一段中的Dalta, the airline, offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day.可知，他们是因为放弃了本航班的机票从而得到航空公司的赔偿，他们第二天离开，故选A项。
211.A细节题：根据文章第三段中的as a big-time bargain hunter…a good deal is something that few of us can offord to pass up可以推出作者很少错过便宜货，故选A项。
212.C 推断题。根据文章第四段中的I have been the consumer reporter of NBC’s today show for over a decade.可知，作者是个媒体记者，故选C项。
213.C 主旨大意。纵观全文，尤其是第一段和最后一段。第一段段首句给出：作者是省钱一族。最后一段对不同的产品的不同决策，指出对于质量高的产品也会毫不犹豫买。说明了作者花钱的明智，故选C项。
50.（2012年，广东卷）
I was blind, but I was ashamed of it if it was known. I refused to use a white stick and hated asking for help. After all, I was a teenager girl, and I couldn’t bear people to look at me and think I was not like them. I must have been a terrible danger on the roads, coming across me wandering through the traffic, motorists probably would have to step rapidly on their brakes. Apart from that, there were all sorts of disasters that used to occur on the way to and from work.
One evening, I got off the bus about halfway home where I had to change buses, and as usual I ran into something,“I’m awfully sorry,”I said and stepped forward only to run into it again. When it happened a third time, I realized I had been apologizing to a lamppost. This was just one of the stupid things that constantly happened to me. So I carried on and found the bus stop, which was a request stop, where the bus wouldn’t stop unless passengers wanted to get on or off. No one else was there and I had to try to guess if the bus had arrived.
Generally in this situation, because I hated showing I was blind by asking for help, I tried to guess at the sound. Sometimes I would stop a big lorry and stand there feeling stupid as it drew away. In the end, I usually managed to swallow my pride and ask someone at the stop for help.
But on this particular evening no one joined me at the stop; It seemed that everyone had suddenly decided not to travel by bus. Of course I heard plenty of buses pass, or I thought I did. But because I had given up stopping them for fear of making a fool of myself, I let them all go by. I stood there alone for half an hour without stopping one. Then I gave up. I decided to walk on to the next stop.
214.The girl refused to ask for help because she thought_________.
A.she might be recognized
B.asking for help looked silly
C.she was normal and independent
D.being fond blind was embarrassing
215.After the girl got off the bus that evening, she_________.
A.began to run
B.hit a person as usual
C.hit a lamppost by accident
D.was caught by something
216.At the request stop that evening, the girl___________.
A.stopped a big lorry
B.stopped the wrong bus
C.made no attempt to stop the bus
D.was not noticed by other people
217.What was the problem with guessing at the sound to stop a bus?
A.Other vehicles also stopped there.
B.It was unreliable for making judgments.
C.More lorries than buses responded to the girl.
D.It took too much time for the girl to catch the bus.
218.Finally the girl decided to walk to the next stop, hoping__________.
A.to find people there
B.to find more buses there
C.to find the bus by herself there
D.to find people more helpful there
【答案】214.D 215.C 216.C 217.B 218.A
【解析】本文讲述一位盲女孩有一天晚上乘车回家时遇到的几件囧事。
214.D细节理解题。根据第一段一二句I was blind, but I was ashamed of it if it was known. I refused to use a white stick and hated asking for help我是瞎的，如果别人知道了我会很羞愧。我拒绝适用导盲棍和讨厌寻求帮助，故选D
215.C细节理解题。根据第二段中间I realized I had been apologizing to a lamppost.我意识到我在向路灯道歉，可知那晚女孩碰巧撞到了路灯，故选C
216.C细节理解题。根据最后一段两句I stood there alone for half an hour without stopping one. Then I gave up. I decided to walk on to the next stop. 作者害怕拦不到车使自己难堪，所以放弃拦车。故选C
217.B推理判断题。根据第三段I tried to guess at the sound. Sometimes I would stop a big lorry and stand there feeling stupid as it drew away.和第四段的But because I had given up stopping them for fear of making a fool of myself, I let them all go by.看出根据声音来判断车辆是不可靠的。故选B。
218.A推理判断题。从第四段I had given up stopping them for fear of making a fool of myself可知，她本人不想拦车了，又由第三段managed to swallow my pride and ask someone at the stop for help可知，她是决定找人帮忙了，而在本站没有人，去下一站当然就是希望在那里可以找到人帮忙。故选A
51.（2012年，湖北卷）
Brrriiinnng. The alarm clock announces the start of another busy weekday in the morning. You jump out of bed, rush into the shower, into your clothes and out the door with hardly a moment to think. A stressful journey to work gets your blood pressure climbing. Once at the office, you glance through the newspaper with depressing stories or reports of disasters. In that sort of mood, who can get down to work, particularly some creative, original problem-solving work?
The way most of us spend our mornings is exactly opposite to the conditions that promote flexible, open-minded thinking. Imaginative ideas are most likely to come to us when we’re unfocused. If you are one of those energetic morning people, your most inventive time comes in the early evening when you are relaxed. Sleepy people’s lack of focus leads to an increase in creative problem solving. By not giving yourself time to______________, you’re missing out on the surprising solutions it may offer.
The trip you take to work doesn’t help, either. The stress slows down the speed with which signals travel between neurons (神经细胞), making inspirations less likely to occur. And while we all should read a lot about what’s going on in the world, it would not make you feel good for sure, so put that news website or newspaper aside until after the day’s work is done.
So what would our mornings look like if we wanted to start them with a full capacity for creative problem solving? We’d set the alarm a few minutes early and lie awake in bed, following our thoughts where they lead. We’d stand a little longer under the warm water of the shower, stopping thinking about tasks in favor of a few more minutes of relaxation. We’d take some deep breaths on our way to work, instead of complaining about heavy traffic. And once in the office—after we get a cup of coffee—we’d click on links not to the news of the day but to the funniest videos the web has to offer.
219.According to the author, we are more creative when we are _______.
A.focused B.relaxed C.awake D.busy
220.What does the author imply about newspapers?
A.They are solution providers.
B.They are a source of inspiration.
C.They are normally full of bad news.
D.They are more educational than websites.
221.By “tune into your wandering mind” (in Para. 2), the author means “_______”.
A.wander into the wild
B.listen to a beautiful tune
C.switch to the traffic channel
D.stop concentrating on anything
222.The author writes the last paragraph in order to _______.
A.offer practical suggestions
B.summarize past experiences
C.advocate diverse ways of life
D.establish a routine for the future
【答案】219.B 220.C 221.A 222.D
【解析】本文主要讲述的是如何让自己的注意力保持集中在自己所做的事情，以提高自己的创造性。
219. 推理题。根据文章第2段If you are one of those energetic morning people, your most inventive time comes in the early evening when you are relaxed.可知当你放松的时候，你是最有创造性的。故B正确。
220.细节题。根据文章第一段4,5行Once at the office, you glance through the newspaper with depressing stories or reports of disasters.可知报纸上很多都是不好的让人压抑的消息。故C正确。
221.推理题。根据本句By not giving yourself time to tune into your wandering mind, you’re missing out on the surprising solutions it may offer.可知如果你不把时间用在胡思乱想，也就是你的思想不集中的时候，你就会错过很多解决问题的方法。故划线部分是指思维不集中。也就是A项。
222.推理题。根据文章最后一段We’d set the alarm a few minutes early and lie awake in bed, following our thoughts where they lead. We’d stand a little longer under the warm water of the shower, stopping thinking about tasks in favor of a few more minutes of relaxation.可知在本段里注意讲述的是以后我们应该怎么做让自己集中注意力于需要做的事情上来。故D正确、
52.（2012年，湖北卷）
You’ve just come home, after living abroad for a few years. Since you’ve been away, has this country changed for the better—or for the worse?
If you’ve just arrived back in the UK after a fortnight’s holiday, small changes have probably surprised you—anything from a local greengrocer suddenly being replaced by a mobile-phone shop to someone in your street moving house.
So how have things changed to people coming back to Britain after seven, ten or even 15 years living abroad? What changes in society can they see that the rest of us have hardly noticed—or now take for granted? To find out, we asked some people who recently returned.
Debi: When we left, Cheltenham, my home town, was a town of white, middle-class families—all very conservative (保守的). The town is now home to many eastern Europeans and lots of Australians, who come here mainly to work in hotels and tourism. There are even several shops only for foreigners.
Having been an immigrant (移民) myself, I admire people who go overseas to find a job. Maybe if I lived in an inner city where unemployment was high, I’d think differently, but I believe foreign settlers have improved this country because they’re more open-minded and often work harder than the natives.
Christine: As we flew home over Britain, both of us remarked how green everything looked. But the differences between the place we’d left behind and the one we returned to were brought sharply into focus as soon as we landed.
To see policemen with guns in the airport for the first time was frightening—in Cyprus, they’re very relaxed—and I got pulled over by customs officers just for taking a woolen sweater with some metal-made buttons out of my case in the arrivals hall. Everyone seemed to be on guard. Even the airport car-hire firm wanted a credit card rather than cash because they said their vehicles had been used by bank robbers.
But anyway, this is still a green, beautiful country. I just wish more people would appreciate what they’ve got.
223.After a short overseas holiday, people tend to _______.
A.notice small changes
B.expect small changes
C.welcome small changes
D.exaggerate small changes
224.How does Debi look at the foreign settlers?
A.Cautiously. B.Positively. C.Sceptically. D.Critically.
225.When arriving at the airport in Britain, Christine was shocked by _______.
A.the relaxed policemen B.the messy arrivals hall
C.the tight security D.the bank robbers
226.Which might be the best title for the passage?
A.Life in Britain. B.Back in Britain.
C.Britain in Future. D.Britain in Memory.
【答案】223.D 224.B 225.B 226.C
【解析】本文主要讲述的是一些人在离开英国以后再回来的时候，对于故乡发生的变化的自己的理解。
223.D推理题。根据文章第二段If you’ve just arrived back in the UK after a fortnight’s holiday, small changes have probably surprised you—anything from a local greengrocer suddenly being replaced by a mobile-phone shop to someone in your street moving house.可知短期出国的人在回来的时候，会对小的变化很惊讶。故使用动词exaggerate夸张。会夸大这些很小的变化。故D正确。
224.B 推理题。根据文章第五段最后2行I believe foreign settlers have improved this country because they’re more open-minded and often work harder than the natives.可知她对于外来的移民评价很高，认为他们更开放更努力。故B正确。
225.B 推理题。根据文章倒数第2段To see policemen with guns in the airport for the first time was frightening—in Cyprus, they’re very relaxed—and I got pulled over by customs officers just for taking a woolen sweater with some metal-made buttons out of my case in the arrivals hall.可知她对于机场到达大厅里的混乱很惊讶，没有想到会有如此多的人。故B正确。
226.C 主旨大意题。本题较难，文章主要讲述的是离开英国的人在回来以后的感觉，属于对未来的英国的感觉。从文章最后一段But anyway, this is still a green, beautiful country. I just wish more people would appreciate what they’ve got.也可知道是在对以后的英国的说明。故C正确。
53.（2012年，湖北卷）
When my brother and I were young, my mom would take us on Transportation Days.
It goes like this: You can’t take any means of transportation more than once. We would start from home, walking two blocks to the rail station. We’d take the train into the city center, then a bus, switching to the tram, then maybe a taxi. We always considered taking a horse carriage in the historic district, but we didn’t like the way the horses were treated, so we never did. At the end of the day, we took the subway to our closest station, where Mom’s friend was waiting to give us a ride home—our first car ride of the day.
The good thing about Transportation Days is not only that Mom taught us how to get around. She was born to be multimodal (多方式的). She understood that depending on cars only was a failure of imagination and, above all, a failure of confidence—the product of a childhood not spent exploring subway tunnels.
Once you learn the route map and step with certainty over the gap between the train and the platform, nothing is frightening anymore. New cities are just light-rail lines to be explored. And your personal car, if you have one, becomes just one more tool in the toolbox—and often an inadequate one, limiting both your mobility and your wallet.
On Transportation Days, we might stop for lunch on Chestnut Street or buy a new book or toy, but the transportation was the point. First, it was exciting enough to watch the world speed by from the train window. As I got older, my mom helped me unlock the mysteries that would otherwise have paralyzed my first attempts to do it myself: How do I know where to get off? How do I know how much it costs? How do I know when I need tickets, and where to get them? What track, what line, which direction, where’s the stop, and will I get wet when we go under the river?
I’m writing this right now on an airplane, a means we didn’t try on our Transportation Days and, we now know, the dirtiest and most polluting of them all. My flight routed me through Philadelphia. My multimodal mom met me for dinner in the airport. She took a train to meet me.
227.Which was forbidden by Mom on Transportation Days?
A.Having a car ride.
B.Taking the train twice.
C.Buying more than one toy.
D.Touring the historic district.
228.According to the writer, what was the greatest benefit of her Transportation Days?
A.Building confidence in herself.
B.Reducing her use of private cars.
C.Developing her sense of direction.
D.Giving her knowledge about vehicles.
229.The underlined word “paralyzed” (in Para. 5) is closest in meaning to “_______”.
A.displayed B.justified C.ignored D.ruined
230.Which means of transportation does the writer probably disapprove of?
A.Airplane. B.Subway. C.Tram. D.Car.
【答案】227.B 228.A 229.D 230.A
【解析】本文介绍了作者母亲通过运输日教给作者的观念：你可以有多种方式达到你的目的。
227.B 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的You can’t take any means of transportation more than once.可知，妈妈不允许一天内乘坐同样的交通工具两次，故选B。
228.A推理判断题。根据文章的第三段和第四段中的句子a failure of confidence—the product of a childhood not spent exploring subway tunnels和...,nothing is frightening anymore.可知，这培养了作者的自信。故选A。
229.D 词义猜测题。通过对上下文的理解，可知这里句意：随着我的成长，我的妈妈帮我解开了那些有可能会破坏我独立首次尝试的奥秘。故可知这里可以把划线单词解释为ruined。选D。
230.A 推理判断题。根据最后一段的句子I’m writing this right now on an airplane, a means we didn’t try on our Transportation Days and, we now know, the dirtiest and most polluting of them all.可知，作者对于飞机这种交通工具并不喜欢。故选A。
54.（2012年，浙江卷）
As a young boy, I sometimes traveled the country roads with my dad. He was a rural mill carrier, and on Saturdays he would ask me to go with him. Driving through the countryside was always an adventure: There were animals to see, people to visit, and chocolate cookies if you knew where to stop, and Dad did.
In the spring, Dad delivered boxes full of baby chickens, and when 1 was a boy it was such a fun to stick your finger 'through one of the holes of the boxes and let the baby birds peck on your fingers.
On Dad' s final day of work, it took him well into the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each family was waiting at their mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service. "Two hundred and nineteen mailboxes on my route." he used to say, "and a story at every one. " One lady had no mailbox, so Dad took the mail in to her every day because she was nearly blind. Once inside, he read her mail and helped her pay her bills.
Mailboxes were sometimes used for things other than mail. One note left in a mailbox read. "Nat, take these eggs to Marian; she's baking a cake and doesn't have any eggs. " Mailboxes might be buried in the snow, or broken, or lying on the groom:. bat the mail was always delivered On cold days Dad might find one of his customers waiting for him with a cup of hot chocolate. A young wrote letters but had no stamps, so she left a few button on the envelope in the mailbox; Dad paid for the stamps. One businessman used to leave large amounts of cash in his mailbox for Dad to take to the bank. Once, the amount came to 8 32,000.
A dozen years ago, when I traveled back to my hometown on the sad occasion of Dad’s death, the mailboxes along the way reminded me of some of his stories. I thought I knew them all, but that wasn't the case.
As I drove home, I noticed two lamp poles, one on each side of the street. When my dad was around, those poles supported wooden boxes about four feet off the ground. One box was painted green and the other was red, and each had a long narrow hole at the top with white lettering: SANTA CLAUS, NORTH POLE. For years children had dropped letters to Santa through those holes.
I made a turn at the comer and drove past the post office and across the railroad tracks to our house. Mom and I were sitting at the kitchen table when I heard footsteps. There, at the door, stood Frank Townsend, Dad's postmaster and great friend for many years. So we all sat down at the table and began to tell stories.
At one point Frank looked at me with tears in his eyes. " What are we going to do about the letters this Christmas?" he asked.
"The letters?"
'I guess you never knew. "
"Knew what?"
" Remember, when you were a kid and you used to put your letters to Santa in those green and red boxes on Main Street? It was your dad who answered all those letters every year. "
I just sat there with tears in my eyes. It wasn’t hard for me to imagine Dad sitting at the old table in our basement reading those letters and answering each one. I have since spoken with several of the people who received Christmas letters during their childhood, and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.
For me, just knowing that story about my father was the gift of a lifetime.
231.It can be inferred from the passage that the writer regarded his travels with Dad us_____.
A.great chances to help other people
B.happy occasions to play with baby chickens
C.exciting experience* with a lot of fun
D.good opportunities to enjoy chocolate cookies
232.The writer provides the detail about the businessman to show that_____.
A.Dad had a strong sense of duty
B.Dad was an honest and reliable man
C.Dad had a strong sense of honor
D.Dad was a kind and generous man
233.According to the passage, which of the following impressed the writer most?
A.Dad read letters for a blind lady for years.
B.Dad paid for the stamps for a young girl.
C.Dad delivered some eggs to Marian.
D.Dad answered children's Christmas letters every year.
234.The method the writer uses to develop Paragraph 4 is______.
A.offering analyses B.providing explanations
C.giving examples D.making comparisons
235.What surprised the children most when they received letters in reply from Santa Claus every year?
A.Santa Claus lived alone in the cold North Pole.
B.Santa Claus answered all their letters every year.
C.Santa Claus had unique mailboxes for the children.
D.Santa Claus had so much information about their families.
236.Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A.The Mail B.Christmas Letters
C.Special Mailboxes D.Memorable Travels
【答案】231.C 232.B 233.D 234.C 235.D 236.A
【解析】本文主要讲述了邮递员爸爸的简单、丰富而又充实、有趣的邮递生活，尤其是给孩子们回复给圣诞老人的邮件更是感人至深。
231.推理判断题。根据文章的前两段作者和父亲一起大家经历的所见所闻所感，可知那些是愉快的经历，故答案Ｃ符合文意。
232.推理判断题。商人把那么多钱放在邮箱里托付给爸爸存入银行，可见爸爸是一个诚实的、可以信赖的人，故答案Ｂ符合文意。
233.推理判断题。根据文章最后几段对父亲给孩子们回复圣诞老人的回信的回忆的大段描述，可以推断出答案Ｄ符合文意。
234.推理判断题。根据第四段的整体理解，可知本段主要用了举例的写作手段，故答案C符合文意。
235.细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段最后一句：and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.可知答案Ｄ符合文意。
236.文章标题题。根据文章的整体理解，本文主要讲的是邮递员爸爸的简单而又朴实的邮递生活，故答案Ａ符合文意。本题可用排除法。
55.（2012年，全国卷I）
Last night I was driving from Harrisburg to Lewisburg,a distance of about eighty miles.It was late.Several times I got stuck behind a slow-moving truck on a narrow road with a solid white line on my left,and I became increasingly impatient.
At one point along an open road,I came to a crossing with a traffic light.I was alone on the road by now,but as I drove near the light,it turned red and I made a stop.I looked left,right and behind me.Nothing.Not a car,no suggestion of car lamps,but there I sat,waiting for the light to change,the only human being for at least a mile in any direction.
I started wondering why I refused to run the light.I was not afraid of being caught,because there was clearly no policeman around,and there certainly would have been no danger in going through it.
Much later that night,the question of why I'd stopped for that light came back to me.I think I stopped because it's part of a contract we all have with each other.It's not only the law,but it's an agreement we have,and we trust each other to honor it: we don't go through red lights.
Trust is our first inclination（倾向）.Doubting others does not seem to be natural to us.The whole construction of our society depends on mutual（相互的）trust,not distrust.We do what we say we'll do,we show up when we say we'll show up;and we pay when we say we'll pay.We trust each other in these matters,and we're angry or disappointed with the person or organization that breaks the trust we have in them.
I was so proud of myself for stopping for the red light that night.
237.Why did the author get impatient while driving?
A.He was lonely on the road. B.He was slowed down by a truck.
C.He got tired of driving too long. D.He came across too many traffic lights.
238.What was the author's immediate action when the traffic light turned red?
A.Stopping still. B.Driving through it.
C.Looking around for other cars. D.Cheeking out for traffic police.
239.The event made the author strongly believe that .
A.traffic rules may be unnecessary B.doubting others is human nature
C.patience is important to drivers D.a society needs mutual trust
240.Why was the author proud of himself?
A.He kept his promise. B.He held back his anger.
C.He followed his inclination. D.He made a right decision.
【答案】237.B 238.A 239.D 240.D
【解析】文章强调了人与人之间的信任。作者在一个无人的路口停下来候车，他本来可以闯红灯的，但作者没有那样做。回想起来这件事，作者认为人与人之间是存在着相互信任的，这也是社会赖以运作的基础。
237.细节理解题。根据第一段“Several times I got stuck behind a slow-moving truck on a narrow road and I became increasingly impatient”可知，作者有几次被一辆行驶缓慢的卡车挡住了车道，作者变得有点不耐烦了，故选B。
238.细节理解题。根据第二段“it turned red and I made a stop”可知，当信号灯变红时，作者停了下来，故选A。
239.。根据第五段“Trust is our first inclination(倾向). ...The whole construction of our society depends on mutual(相互) trust, not distrust.”可知，人们有相互信任的倾向，我们的社会依靠人们之间的相互信任才能运转良好，故选D。
240.细节理解题。根据最后一段“for stopping for the red light that night”可知，那天晚上，四周虽然没有车和行人，但作者还是停下来候车了，作者庆幸自己遵守了交通规则，没有破坏人们之间的相互信任，故选C。
56.（2012年，福建卷）
At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered, with anxiety and worry in every line of his face. This meeting would decide his future life，and he obviously knew it.
"You may wonder, Sir Percival,”said Laura calmly, “if I am going to ask to be released (免除）from my promise to many you. I am not going to ask this. I respect my father's wishes too much.”
His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.
"No, if we are going to withdraw. (退出）from our planned marriage, it will be because of your wish, not mine.
“Mine?” he said in great surprise. “What reason could I have for withdrawing?’
"A reason that is very hard to tell you," she answered. "There is a change in me.”
His face went so pale that even his lips lost their color. He turned his head to one side.
"What change?" he asked, trying to appear calm.
“When the promise was made two years ago,” she said,44my love did not belong to anyone. Will you forgive me, Sir Percival, if I tell you that it now belongs to another person?”
“I wish you to understand, “Laura continued, “that I will never see this person again, and that if you leave me, you only allow mc to remain a single woman for the rest of my life. All I ask is that you forgive mc and keep my secret."
‘I will do both those things, “he said. Then he looked at Laura, as if he was waiting to hear more.
"I think I have said enough to give you reason to withdraw from our marriage, “she added quietly.
“No. You have said enough to make it the dearest wish of my life to marry you, ” he said.
241.How did Percival feel during his meeting with Laura?
A.Angry. B.Calm. C.Nervous. D.Excited.
242.We can learn from the passage that .
A.Laura had once promised to marry Percival
B.Laura's father wished to end her marriage
C.Percival had been married to Laura for two years
D.Percival asked to be released from the marriage
243.The passage is probably taken out of .
A.a novel B.a report C.a diary D.an essay
【答案】241.C 242.A 243.A
【解析】本文是一部小说的节选，讲述的是一位女士和一位男士已经在父母的安排下订婚， 但是男士自己感觉心里对婚姻有一些不敢肯定，于是晚上来找女士谈话，最后对婚姻男士说出了自己的心里话，并做出肯定的回答。
241.推理判断题。根据第三段His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.可知当时Percival看到Laura的时候非常的紧张nervous。
242.推理判断题。根据第二段中的be released from my promise to marry you可推知他们两个曾经有过婚约，A项正确。
243.推理判断题。根据文章的开头和结尾很显然这是一部小说的节选片段，A项最合理。
57.（2012年，福建卷）
Some people believe that a Robin Hood is at work, others that a wealthy person simply wants to distribute his or her fortune before dying. But the donator who started sending envelopes with cash to deserving causes，accompanied by an article from the local paper, has made a northern German city believe in fairytales (童话）
The first envelope was sent to a victim support group. It contained €10,000 with a cutting from the Braunschtveiger Zeitung about how the group supported a woman who was robbed of her handbag； similar plain white anonymous (匿名）envelopes, each containing €10,000, then arrived at a kindergarten and a church.
The envelopes keep coming, and so far at least €190,000 has been distributed. Last month, one of them was sent to the newspaper’s own office. It came after a story it published about Tom, a 14-year-old boy who was severely disabled in a swimming accident. The receptionist at the Braunschweiger Zeitung opened an anonymous white envelope to find 20 notes of €500 inside , with a copy of the article. The name of the family was underlined.
"I was driving when I heard the news,” Claudia Neumann, the boy’s mother, told DerSpiegel magazine. “I had to park on the side of the road； I was speechless. ”
The money will be used to make the entrance to their house wheelchair-accessible .and for a course of treatment that their insurance company refused to pay for.
“For someone to act so selflessly, for this to happen in such a society in which everyone thinks of himself, was astonishing," Mrs. Neumann said. Her family wonder whether the donator is a Robin Hood character, taking from banks to give to the needy.
Henning Noske, the editor of the Braunschweiger Zeitung, said： “Maybe it is an old person who is about to die. We just do not know. ” However, he has told his reporters not to look for the city’s hero, for fear that discovery may stop the donations.
244.The Braunschweiger Zeitung is the name of .
A.a church B.a bank C.a newspaper D.a magazine
245.Which of the following is TRUE about the donation to Tom?
A.The donation amounted to €190,000.
B.The donation was sent directly to his house.
C.The money will be used for his education.
D.His mother felt astonished at the donation.
246.It can be inferred from the passage that .
A.the donator is a rich old man
B.the donation will continue to come
C.the donation comes from the newspaper
D.the donator will soon be found out
247.What would be the best title for the passage?
A.Money Is Raised by the Newspaper
B.Newspaper Distributes Money to
C.Unknown Hero Spreads Love in Envelopes
D.Robin Hood Returns to the City
【答案】244.C 245.D 246.B 247.C
【解析】本文主要讲述一个匿名英雄用信封捐钱来默默传递爱心的故事，告诉我们爱心无处不在，要学会用自己的爱来温暖身边那些需要帮助的人群，那么这个世界将会变成美好的人间。
244.推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句中的accompanied by an article from the local paper可推知Braunschweiger Zeitung 是一份报纸的名字，另外在第三段第一句话有一个one of them was sent to the newspaper’s own office有提示。
245.细节理解题。根据第四段谈到这位受害男孩母亲听到她的孩子被匿名捐赠的消息后说的一句话“I was speechless”以及下文“For someone to act so selflessly, for this to happen in such a society in which everyone thinks of himself, was astonishing.可知她很震惊，很无语。D项表达正确。
246.推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句话 However, he has told his reporters not to look for the city’s hero, for fear that discovery may stop the donations.可知报纸的编辑告诉记者不要找这个城市的英雄，因为担心发现后他就可能不再进行捐赠的活动，也可推知这个匿名捐赠活动还会继续下去，B项表达正确。
247.主旨大意题。本文主要讲述用信封匿名捐赠的事情在社会引起很大反响，这个捐赠者还会继续把这个善举进行下去，用C项Unknown Hero Spreads love in Envelopes“匿名英雄用信封传递爱”最能概括文章大意。
58.（2012年，天津卷）
Barditch High School decided to an All-School Reunion. Over 450 people came to the event. There were tours of the old school building and a picnic at Confederate Park. Several former teachers were on hand to tell stories about the old days. Ms. Mabel Yates, the English teacher for fifty years, was wheeled to the Park.
Some eyes rolled and there were a few low groans(嘟囔声)when Ms.Yates was about to speak. Many started looking at their watches and coming up with excuses to be anywhere instead of preparing to listen to a lecture from an old woman who had few kind words for her students and made them work harder than all the other teachers combined.
Then Ms. Yates started to speak:
“I can’t tell you how pleased I am to be here. I haven’t seen many of you since your graduation, but I have followed your careers and enjoyed your victories as well as crying for your tragedies. I have a large collection of newspaper photographs of my students. Although I haven’t appeared in person, I have attended your college graduations, weddings and even the birth your children, in my imagination.”
Ms. Yates paused and started crying a bit. Then she continued:
“It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could, some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me. Regardless of our motives, I can see that you have all been successful in you chosen path.”
“There is no greater comfort for an educator than to see the end result of his or her years of work. You have all been a great source of pleasure and pride for me and I want you to know I love you all from the bottom of my heart.”
There was a silence over the crowd for a few seconds and then someone started clapping. Tee clapping turned into cheering, then into a deafening roar(呼喊). Lawyers, truck drivers, bankers and models were rubbing their eyes or crying openly with no shame all because of the words from a long forgotten English teacher from their hometown.
248.What activity was organized for the school reunion?
A.Sightseeing in the park.
B.A picnic on the school playground.
C.Telling stories about past events.
D.Graduates’ reports in the old building.
249.What can be inferred from Paragraph 2?
A.Some graduates were too busy to listen to Ms. Yates’ speech.
B.Many graduates disliked Ms. Yates’ ways of teaching.
C.Some people got tired from the reunion activities.
D.Most people had little interest in the reunion.
250.We can learn from Ms. Yates’ speech that she _____________.
A.kept track of her students’ progress
B.gave her students advice on their careers
C.attended her students’ college graduations
D.went to her students’ wedding ceremonies
251.What was Ms.Yates’ belief in teaching teenagers?
A.Teachers’ knowledge is the key to students’ achievements.
B.Pressure on students from teachers should be reduced.
C.Hard-pushed students are more likely to succeed.
D.Students’ respect is the best reward for teachers.
252.Which of the following can best describe Ms. Yates?
A.Reliable and devoted. B.Tough and generous.
C.Proud but patient. D.Strict but caring.
【答案】248.C 249.B 250.A 251.C 252.D
【解析】Barditch High School 组织教师学生重聚会，在聚会上Ms. Yates的一席发言打动了所有在场的人。
248.细节理解。根据第一段中的“Several former teachers were on hand to tell stories about the old days.”可以得到答案。
249.推理判断。由于第二段只有2句话，通读之后通过排除法即可选择，ACD是在原文中没有提及的内容。
250.细节理解。根据第四段，but和although之后的话选择答案。这一段是说：Ms. Yates对学生毕业后的事业、成功以及坎坷都非常关注。她从报纸上收集了有关他们的照片。尽管她不能亲自到场，但是在她的想象中她已经参加了学生的毕业典礼、婚礼以及孩子的出生典礼等。
251.细节理解。根据“It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could, some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me.”可知答案。
252.推理判断。Ms. Yates虽然对学生们很严格但是很关心自己的学生。
59.（2012年，山东卷）
San Francisco has its cable cars. Seattle has its Space Needle. And, Longview has its squirrel bridge. The bridge, which has attracted international attention, is now a local landmark.
The Nutty Narrows Bridge was built in 1963 by a local builder, Amos Peters, to give squirrels a way to cross the busy road without getting flattened by passing cars.
The original bridge was built over Olympia Way on the west edge of the library grounds. Before the bridge was built, squirrels had to avoid traffic to and from the Park Plaza office building where office staff put out a nutty feast for the squirrels. Many times, Peters and others who worked in and near Park Plaza witnessed squirrels being run over.
One day Peters found a dead squirrel with a nut still in its mouth, and that day’s coffee break discussion turned into squirrel safety. The group of businessmen cooked up the squirrel bridge idea and formed a committee to ask the blessing of the City Council(市政会).The Council approved, and Councilwoman Bess LaRiviere named the bridge “Nutty Narrows.”
After architects designed the bridge, Amos Peters and Bill Hutch started Construction, They built the 60-foot bridge from aluminum and lengths of fire hose(消防水带). It cost 1,000.
It didn’t take long before reports of squirrels using the bridge started. Squirrels were even seen guiding their young and teaching them the ropes. The story was picked up by the media, and Nutty Narrows became know in newspapers all over the world.
In 1983, after 20 years of use, Peters took down the worn-out bridge. Repairs were made and crosspieces were replaced. The faded sign was repainted and in July 1983, hundreds of animal lovers attended the completion ceremony of the new bridge.
Peters died in 1984, and a ten-foot wooden squirrel sculpture was placed near the bridge in memory of its builder and his devotion to the project.
253.The Nutty Narrows Bridge was built in order to ________.
A.offer squirrels a place to eat nuts
B.set up a local landmark
C.help improve traffic
D.protect squirrels
254.What happened over the coffee break discussion?
A.The committee got the Council’s blessing.
B.The squirrel bridge idea was born
C.A councilwoman named the bridge
D.A squirrel was found dead.
255.What does the underlined phrase “teaching them the ropes” probably means in the text?
A.passing them a rope
B.Directing them to store food for winter
C.Teaching them a lesson
D.Showing them how to use the bridge.
256.Which of the following is true of the squirrel bridge?
A.It was replaced by a longer one.
B.It was built from wood and metal
C.it was rebuilt after years of use
D.It was designed by Bill Hutch.
257.What can we learn about Amos Peters?
A.He is remembered for his love of animals.
B.He donated $1,000 to build the bridge
C.He was a member of the City Council
D.He was awarded a medal for building the bridge.
【答案】253.D 254.B 255.D 256.C 257.A
【解析】本文主要介绍了Longview的squirrel bridge的建设历史，从人们有这个想法到这个想法得到实施，以及后来人们对这座squirrel bridge进行维修的重新修建都进行了具体的阐述。
253.细节理解题。根据第二段前2行The Nutty Narrows Bridge was built in 1963 by a local builder, Amos Peters, to give squirrels a way to cross the busy road without getting flattened by passing cars.说明这座桥的建设是为了保护松鼠不被车辆撞死。故D正确。
254.细节理解题。根据文章第四段that day’s coffee break discussion turned into squirrel safety. The group of businessmen cooked up the squirrel bridge idea and formed a committee to ask the blessing of the City Council(市政会).The Council approved, and Councilwoman Bess LaRiviere named the bridge “Nutty Narrows.”可知，在某一天喝咖啡时间的讨论中，Peters和其他人萌生了给松鼠建座桥的想法。说明在这次的讨论中形成了为了保护松鼠而建设这座桥的想法，故B正确。
255.词义猜测题。根据倒数第三段的It didn’t take long before reports of squirrels using the bridge started. Squirrels were even seen guiding their young and teaching them the ropes.(没过多久，松鼠使用桥的报道就开始了。甚至有人看到松鼠在引导他们的幼崽，并教他们绳索。)说明应该是松鼠教育他们的子女如何使用这座桥，故D正确。
256.细节理解题。根据最后一段In 1983, after 20 years of use, Peters took down the worn-out bridge. Repairs were made and crosspieces were replaced可知，绳索用了20年后，Peters进行了修缮，并替换上了新的绳索。说明使用多年以后这座桥梁被重新维修，故C正确。
257.推理判断题。根据文章最后一段Peters died in 1984, and a ten-foot wooden squirrel sculpture was placed near the bridge in memory of its builder and his devotion to the project.(彼得斯于1984年去世，一座十英尺长的木松鼠雕塑被放置在桥附近，以纪念它的建造者和他对这个项目的奉献。) 可知，Peters因为爱动物，倡导修建这座桥而被人们记住。故A项正确。
60.（2012年，北京卷）
Proudly reading my words, I glanced around the room, only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes. Confused, I glanced toward my stone-faced teacher. Having no choice, I slowly raised the report I had slaved over, hoping to hide myself. “What could be causing everyone to act this way?”
Quickly, I flashed back to the day Miss Lancelot gave me the task. This was the first real talk I received in my new school. It seemed simple: go on the Internet and find information about a man named George Washington. Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country, I had never heard of that name before. As I searched the name of this fellow, it became evident that there were two people bearing the same name who looked completely different! One invented hundreds of uses for peanuts, while the other led some sort of army across America. I stared at the screen, wondering which one my teacher meant. I called my grandfather for a golden piece of advice; flip (掷) a coin. Heads—the commander, and tails—the peanuts guy. Ah! Tails, my report would be about the great man who invented peanut butter, George Washington Carver.
Weeks later, standing before this unfriendly mass, I was totally lost. Oh well, I lowered the paper and sat down at my desk,burningto find out what I had done wrong. As a classmate began his report, it all became clear, “My report is on George Washington, the man who started the American Revolution.” The whole world became quite! How could I know that she meant that George Washington?
Obviously, my grade was awful. Heartbroken but fearless, I decided to turn this around. I talked to Miss Lancelot, but she insisted: No re-dos; no new grade. I felt that the punishment was not justified, and I believed I deserved a second chance. Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year. Ten months later, that chance unfolded as I found myself sitting in the headmaster’s office with my grandfather, now having an entirely different conversation. I smiled and flashed back to the embarrassing moment at the beginning of the year as the headmaster informed me of my option to skip the sixth grade. Justice is sweet!
258.What did the author’s classmates think about his report?
A.Controversial. B.Ridiculous.
C.Boring. D.Puzzling.
259.Why was the author confused about the task?
A.He was unfamiliar with American history.
B.He followed the advice and flipped a coin.
C.He forgot his teacher’s instruction.
D.He was new at the school.
260.The underlined word “burning” in Para. 3 probably means _______.
A.annoyed B.ashamed
C.ready D.eager
261.In the end, the author turned things around _______.
A.by redoing his task
B.through his own efforts
C.with the help of his grandfather
D.under the guidance of his headmaster
【答案】258.B 259.A 260.D 261.B
【解析】文章介绍了主人公“我”在完成老师交待的任务时，对美国历史不是很熟悉，介绍的华盛顿这个人物不是历史上领导美国革命的华盛顿，而是另外一个人。在课堂上，读自己写的有关人物的报告时，引起了同学的嘲笑，分数也很低，接下来的时间，主人公“我”努力学习，并最终取得了好的成绩。
258.B考查推理题。Proudly reading my words, I glanced around the room, only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes. Confused, I glanced toward my stone-faced teacher.句意为：我自豪地读着我写的文章，我环视着教室的周围，同学们的脸上都强忍着大大的微笑，在他们的眼里都憋出了泪花，更加疑惑的是，我还看见了老师那“石头般’的绷着的脸。四个形容词的意思分别为：. Controversial. 有争议的，有议论的；Ridiculous.荒谬的，可笑的；Boring.令人讨厌的，厌烦的；Puzzling 困惑的。由同学们的笑和老师的表情可知“我”的文章是荒唐可笑的。故答案为B
259.A考查细节理解题。由第二自然段I had never heard of that name before. As I searched the name of this fellow, it became evident that there were two people bearing the same name who looked completely different! One invented hundreds of uses for peanuts, while the other led some sort of army across America. I stared at the screen, wondering which one my teacher meant.句意为：以前，我从未听说过这个名字，但查找之后发现有两个人的名字一样，而又是完全不同的两个人，一个是发现了花生的数百种用法的人，一个是领导了美国的革命，我也不知道，老师指的是哪一个。由此可知，“我”对美国的历史是不了解的。故答案为A
260.D考查词义理解题。由本句I lowered the paper and sat down at my desk,burningto find out what I had done wrong.可知，答案为C。句意为：我放下我的文章坐在桌子旁边，急切的找到我犯的错误。
261.B考查细节理解题。I felt that the punishment was not justified, and I believed I deserved a second chance. Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year.句意为：我感觉，我受到的惩罚是不公平的，我还应该有第二次机会，剩余时间我把自己全身心的投入到我的学习中。由此可知改变事情的结果是通过“我”的努力。
61.（2012年，江西卷）
Mark and his brother Jason both were looking at the shining new computer enviously. Jason was determined not to go against their father’s wishes but Mark was more adventurous than his brother. He loves experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father.
“Dad will be really mad if he finds out you’ve been playing with his new computer” Jason said, “He told us not to touch it.”
“He won’t find out,” Mark said, “I’ll just have a quick look and shut it down.”
Mark had been scolded before for touching his father’s equipment. But his curiosity was difficult to control and this new computer really puzzled him.
It was a strange-looking machine — one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked. “It’s an experimental model,” his father had explained, so don’t touch it under any circumstances.” But his father’s warning only served to make Mark more curious. Without any further thought, Mark turned on the power switch. The computer burst into life and seconds later, the screen turned into colours, shifting and changing, and then two big white words appeared in the centre of the screen: “SPACE TRANSPORTER.”
“Yes!” Mark cried excitedly, “It’s a computer game. I knew it! Dad’s only been pretending to work. He’s really been playing games instead!” A new message appeared on the screen:
“ENTER NAMES
VOYAGE　１
VOYAGE　２
Mark’s finger flew across the keyboard as he typed in both of their names.
“INPUT ACCEPTED.
START TRANSPORT PROGRAM.
__________________
The screen turn even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.
“I think we’d better shut it off, Mark,” Jason yelled out in terror, reaching for the power switch. A beam(光束) of dazzling white light burst out of the computer screen, wrapping the boys in its glow(光芒)，until they themselves seemed to be glowing. Then it died down just as suddenly as it had burst into life. And the boys were no longer there. On the screen, the letters changed：
“TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL.
DESTINATION: MARS.
RETRIEVE DATE: 2025
262.Why did Mark touch the computer against his father’s warning?
A.He wanted to take a voyage.
B.He wanted to practice his skills.
C.He was so much attracted by it.
D.He was eager to do an experiment.
263.Where did the boy’s father most likely work?
A.In an electronic factory.
B.In a computer company.
C.In a scientific research center.
D.In an information processing center.
264.Mark thought “SPACE TRANSPORTER” on the screen was the name of ________.
A.a computer game B.a company website
C.a software producer D.an astronomy program
265.Why did Jason want to shut off the computer?
A.He was afraid of being scolded.
B.He didn’t like the loud noise and light.
C.He didn’t want to play games.
D.He was afraid something dangerous might happen.
266.What happened to the boys at the end of the story?
A.They were blown into the air.
B.They were sent to another planet.
C.They were hidden in the strong light.
D.They were carried away to another country.
【答案】262.C 263.C 264.A 265.D 266.B
【解析】Mark 喜欢实验，他的目标是成为像他父亲那样的科学家。 他抵挡不住电脑的诱惑，背着父亲打开了电脑，不可思议的事情发生了。
262.细节理解题。根据第四段第二句“But his curiosity was difficult to control and this new computer really puzzled him.(但是他的好奇心难以遏制，因为这台新的电脑真的让他感到困惑。)”，可知答案为C。
263.细节理解题。根据第五段的第一句话“It was a strange -looking machine — one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked.(看，这是一台很奇怪的机器—— 他爸爸从他工作的实验室里带回家的。)”，并且由本句中的laboratory可以得知答案选C。
264.细节理解题。根据Mark 说的It’s a computer game。可知，他认为他父亲是假装在工作，实际上是在玩游戏。所以选A。
265.词意猜测题。文中提供了很清楚的信息为倒数第三段“He was really frightened.”“他真的非常害怕”，但无法立即确定正确答案；由倒数第四段“The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.” “屏幕变得更亮，一个噪音音量突然增大”，可知道“可能发生危险的事情”。和D项意思符合。
266.细节理解题。根据最后两句的意思是，男孩子不在电脑前了，而屏幕上显示他们被送上了火星。故选B。
62.（2012年，四川卷）
On a hill 600 feet above the surrounding land, we watch the lines of rain move across the scene, the moon rise over the hills, and the stars appear in the sky. The views invite a long look from a comfortable chair in front of the wooden house.
Every window in our wooden house has a view, and the forest and lakes seldom look the same as the hour before. Each look reminds us where we are.
There is space for our three boys to play outside, to shoot arrows, collect tree seeds, build earth houses and climb trees.
Our kids have learned the names of the trees, and with the names have come familiarity and appreciation. As they tell all who show even a passing interest, maple（枫树）makes the best fighting sticks and white pines are the best climbing trees.
The air is clean and fresh. The water from the well has a pleasant taste, and it is perhaps the healthiest water our kids will ever drink. Though they have one glass a day of juice and the rest is water, they never say anything against that.
The seasons change just outside the door. We watch the maples turn every shade of yellow and red in the fall and note the poplars’（杨树）putting out the first green leaves of spring. The rainbow smelt fills the local steam as the ice gradually disappears, and the wood frogs start to sing in pools after being frozen for the winter. A family of birds rules our skies and flies over the lake.
267.What can be learned from Paragraph 2?
A.The scenes are colorful and changeable.
B.There are many windows in the wooden house.
C.The views remind us that we are in a wooden house.
D.The lakes outside the windows are quite different in color.
268.By mentioning the names of the trees, the author aims to show that ______ .
A.the kids like playing in trees
B.the kids are very familiar with trees
C.the kids have learned much knowledge
D.the kids find trees useful learning tools
269.What does the underlined sentence in the last paragraph mean?
A.The change of seasons is easily felt.
B.The seasons make the scenes change.
C.The weather often changes in the forest.
D.The door is a good position to enjoy changing seasons.
270.What is the main purpose of the author writing the text?
A.To describe the beauty of the scene around the house.
B.To introduce her children’s happy life in the forest.
C.To show that living in the forest is healthful.
D.To share the joy of living in the nature.

【答案】267.A 268.C 269.A 270.D
【解析】本文为记叙文，描述了作者与家人身居大自然中的切身感受。文章主要展示了作者居住环境的优美和在此美景中生活的惬意。
267.推理判断题。本段中提到，每面窗户都会有一幅不同的风景，森林和湖泊与一小时之前所见到的都不一样。据此可知，作者身居的环境是多彩和变化的。故选A。
268.推理判断题。根据第四段话中“Our kids have learned the names of the trees…As they tell all…white pines are the best climbing trees.”可知孩子们已经了解了周围环境包括树在内的很多知识。故答案选C。
269.根据本段对于周围大自然的变化的描述可知，作者身处此地，能够很容易地感觉到季节的变换。故答案为A。
270.推理判断题。此题推测文章的写作目的。通读全文，不难了解，作者是与读者分享身居大自然中的快乐生活。故答案为D。
63.（2012年，江苏卷）
Franz Kafka wrote that “____________________________” I once shared this sentence with a class of seventh graders， and it didn't seem to require any explanation.
We'd just finished John Steinbeck's novel Of Mice and Men. When we read the end together out loud in class，my toughest boy，a star basketball player，wept a little， and so did I. “Are you crying？” one girl asked，as she got out of her chair to take a closer look. “I am，” I told her， “and the funny thing is I've read it many times.”
But they understood. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen. In my 14 years of teaching in a New York City public middle school， I've taught kids with imprisoned parents,abusive parents，irresponsible parents；kids who are parents themselves;kids who are homeless; kids who grew up in violent neighborhoods. They understand,more than I ever will，the novel's terrible logic-the giving way of dreams to fate (命运).
For the last seven years，I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher，reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight. I originally proposed this idea to my headmaster after learning that a former excellent student of mine had transferred out of a selective high school-one that often attracts the literary-minded children of Manhattan's upper classes-into a less competitive setting. The daughter of immigrants， with a father in prison， she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates. I thought additional “cultural capital” could help students like her develop better in high school, where they would unavoidably meet， perhaps for the first time，students who came from homes lined with bookshelves，whose parents had earned Ph.D.'s.
Along with Of Mice and Men，my groups read：Sounder，The Red Pony，Lord of the Flies, Romeo and Juliet and Macbeth.The students didn't always read from the expected point of view.
About The Red Pony，one student said，“it's about being a man，it's about manliness.” I had never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth, nor had I heard Lady Macbeth's soliloquies (独白) read as raps (说唱)，but both made sense；the interpretations were playful，but serious. Once introduced to Steinbeck's writing，one boy went on to read The Grapes of Wrath and told me repeatedly how amazing it was that “all these people hate each other，and they're all white.” His historical view was broadening，his sense of his own country deepening. Year after year，former students visited and told me how prepared they had felt in their first year in college as a result of the classes.
Year after year, however，we are increasing the number of practice tests. We are trying to teach students to read increasingly complex texts，not for emotional punch (碰撞) but for text complexity. Yet, we cannot enrich (充实) the minds of our students by testing them on texts that ignore their hearts. We are teaching them that words do not amaze but confuse. We may succeed in raising test scores, but we will fail to teach them that reading can be transformative and that it belongs to them.
271.The underlined words in Paragraph 1 probably mean that a book helps to __________.
A.realize our dreams B.give support to our life
C.smooth away difficulties D.awake our emotions
272.Why were the students able to understand the novel Of Mice and Men？
A.Because they spent much time reading it.
B.Because they had read the novel before.
C.Because they came from a public school.
D.Because they had similar life experiences.
273.The girl left the selective high school possibly because__________. .
A.she was a literary-minded girl
B.her parents were immigrants
C.she couldn't fit in with her class
D.her father was then in prison
274.To the author's surprise, the students read the novels__________. .
A.creatively B.passively
C.repeatedly D.carelessly
275.The author writes the passage mainly to__________. .
A.introduce classic works of literature
B.advocate teaching literature to touch the heart
C.argue for equality among high school students
D.defend the current testing system
【答案】271.D 272.D 273.C 274.A 275.B
【解析】这篇文章通过作者的教书经历指出教文学一定要触及心灵，不要只停留于文字表面。
271.句意猜测题。该句运用了明喻和暗喻的写作手法，将书比作斧子，冰冻的大海意指读者封锁的情感。作者引用这句话旨在告诉学生：一本好书应有助于唤醒读者的情感。选D。
272.细节归纳题。根据第三段内容可知，小说“Of Mice and Men”中的悲剧在学生生活中有类似经历，如“kids with imprisoned parents, abusive parents, irresponsible parents; kids who are parentsthemselves; kids who are homeless; kids who grew up in violent neighborhoods.” 可知因为有相似的经历学生能够理解Of Mice and Men，因此答案是D。
273.细节理解题。根据第四段“…a former excellent student of mine had transferred out of a selective high school”及“… she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates”可知是因为她不适应班级，答案是C。
274.细节归纳题。根据第五段“The students didn’t always read from the expected point of view.”“I had never before seen …, nor had I heard…, but both made sense; the interpretations were playful, but serious.”“His historical view was broadening, his sense of his own country deepening.”可知学生们读小说是有创造性的，可知答案是A(creatively创造性地)。passively“被动地”；repeatedly“重复地”；carelessly“粗心地”。选A。
275.主旨归纳题。纵观全文，文章开头引用Franz Kafka的名言说明文学作品对唤醒学生情感的作用，接着详细介绍在平时教学生文学阅读过程中如何触及学生心灵的。因此答案是B。
64.（2012年，全国卷II）
Make Up Your Mind to Succeed
Kind-hearted parents have unknowingly left their children defenseless against failure. The generation born between 1980 and 2001 grew up playing sports where scores and performance were played down because “everyone’s a winner.” And their report cards sounded more positive (正面的) than ever before. As a result, Stanford University professor Carol Dweck, PhD, calls them “the overpraised generation.”
Dweck has been studying how people deal with failure for 40 years. Her research has led her to find out two clearly different mind-sets that have a great effect on how we react to it. Here’s how they work:
A fixed mind-set is grounded in the belief that talent is genetic - you’re a born artist, point guard, or numbers person. The fixed mind-set believes it’s sure to succeed without much effort and regards failure as personal shame. When things get difficult, ifs quick to blame, lie, and even stay away from future difficulties.
On the other hand, a growth mind-set believes that no talent is entirely heaven-sent and that effort and learning make everything possible. Because the ego (自尊) isn’t on the line as much, the growth mind-set sees failure as a chance rather than shame. When faced with a difficulty, ifs quick to rethink, change and try again. In fact, it enjoys this experience.
We are all born with growth mind-sets. (Otherwise, we wouldn’t be able to live in the world.) But parents, teachers, and instructors often push us into fixed mind-sets by encouraging certain actions and misdirecting praise. Dweck5s book, Mind-set: The New Psychology of Success, and online instructional program explain this in depth. But she says there are many little things you can start doing today to make sure that your children, grandchildren and even you are never defeated by failure.
276.What does the author think about the generation born between 1980 and 2001?________________.
A.They don’t do well at school.
B.They are often misunderstood.
C.They are eager to win in sports.
D.They are given too much praise.
277.A fixed mind-set person is probably one who______________.
A.doesn’t want to work hard
B.cares a lot about personal safety
C.cannot share his ideas with others
D.can succeed with the help of teachers
278.What does the growth mind-set believe?____________________ .
A.Admitting failure is shameful.
B.Talent comes with one’s birth.
C.Scores should be highly valued.
D.Getting over difficulties is enjoyable.
279.What should parents do for their children based on Dweck’s study?______________.
A.Encourage them to learn from failures.
B.Prevent them from making mistakes.
C.Guide them in doing little things.
D.Help them grow with praise.
【答案】276.D 277.A 278.D 279.A
【解析】文讲述了人们对于Afixed mind-set 和a growth mind-set的看法以及在教育方面的建议。
276.D 细节题。根据第一段最后一句As a result,Stanford University professor Carol Dweck, PhD, calls them “the overpraisedgeneration.说明这是被过度表扬的一代，故D正确。
277.A 细节题。根据第三段The fixedmind-set believes it’s sure to succeed without much effort and regards failureas personal shame. When things get difficult, it’s quick to blame, lie, andeven stay away from future difficulties.说明他们认为不努力也能成功，故A正确。
278.D推理题。根据第四段1,2行On the other hand, a growth mind-set believes that notalent is entirely heaven-sent and that effort and learning make everythingpossible.说明这样的人认为通过努力就可以取得成功。故D正确。
279.A细节题。根据文章最后一段2,3行But parents, teachers, and instructors often push usinto fixed mind-sets by encouraging certain actions and misdirecting praise.说明父母老师应该鼓励他们。故A正确。
65.（2012年，陕西卷）
Three Boys and a Dad
Brad closed the door slowly as Sue left home to visit her mother. Expecting a whole day to relax, he was thinking whether to read the newspaper or watch his favourite TV talk show on his first day off in months. “This will be like a walk in the park.” he’d told his wife. “I’ll look after the kids, and you can go visit your mom.”
Things started well, but just after eight o’clock, his three little “good kids”---Mike, Randy, and Alex --- came down the stairs in their night clothes and shouted “breakfast, daddy.” When food had not appeared on within thirty seconds, Randy began using his spoon on Alex’s head as if it were a drum. Alex started to shout loudly in time to the beat(节拍) . Mike chanted “Where’s my toast, where’s my toast” in the background. Brad realized his newspaper would have to wait for a few seconds.
Life became worse after breakfast. Mike wore Randy’s underwear on his head. Randy locked himself in the bathroom, while Alex shouted again because he was going to wet his pants. Nobody could find clean socks, although they were before their eyes. Someone named “Not me” had spilled a whole glass of orange juice into the basket of clean clothes. Brad knew the talk show had already started.
By ten o’clock, things were out of control. Alex was wondering why the fish in the fish bowl refused his bread and butter. Mike was trying to show off his talent by decorating kitchen wall with his color pencils. Randy, thankfully, appeared to be reading quietly in the sitting room, but closer examination showed that he was eating apple jam straight from the bottle with his hands. Brad realized that the talk show was over and reading would be impossible.
At exactly 11:17, Brad called the daycare center(日托所).“I suddenly have to go into work and my wife is away. Can I bring the boys over in a few minutes?” The answer was obviously “yes” because Brad was smiling.
280.When his wife left home, Brad expected___________.
A.go out for a walk in the park
B.watch TV talk show with his children
C.enjoy his first day off the work.
D.read the newspaper to his children
281.Which of the following did Randy do?
A.Drawing on the wall B.Eating apple jam
C.Feeding the fish D.Reading in a room
282.Why did Brad ask the daycare center for help?
A.Because he wanted to clean his house.
B.Because he suddenly had to go to his office
C.Because he found it hard to manage his boys
D.Because he had to take his wife back home.
283.The text is developed ____________.
A.by space B.by comparison
C.by process D.by time
【答案】280.C 281.B 282.C 283.D
【解析】本文是记叙文。文章主要记叙了一位父亲在与他的三个孩子共同度过他假期的第一天，孩子在家的表现让他无法控制，从而向日托所寻求帮助。
280.细节理解题。根据第一段对Brad的心理描写，尤其是信息句“Expecting a whole day to relax，he was thinking whether to read the newspaper or watch his favourite TV talk show on his first day off in months.”可以看出，妻子离家后，Brad期待着在第一个休假日里放松一下自己，故C项符合题意。A项并不是Brad想做的；B、D两项内容并不是与孩子一起进行的活动，这在后文也有体现，因此错误。故选C。
281.细节理解题。根据第四段的描述可以看出，A项是Mike做的；B项是Randy做的；C项是Alex做的；D项（正在房间里读书）是对文中信息“Randy, thankfully, appeared to be reading quietly in the family room, but closer examination showed that he was eating apple jam straight from the bottle with his hands.”的曲解。故选B。
282.推理判断题。文中诸多关键字眼如“Life became worse”与“things were out of control”都表明是因为管理不了孩子们，Brad才把他们送去日托所的。故选C。
283.推理判断题。由每一段的开始都有时间的描述，比如as Sue left home to visit her mother after eight o’clock；Life became worse after breakfast；By ten o’clock；At exactly 11:17可知，文章是按照事件发展的时间先后顺序来叙述的。故选D。
66.（2011年，陕西卷）
Most people know that Marie Curie was the first woman to win the Nobel Prize, and the first person to win it twice. However, few people know that she was also the mother of a Nobel Prize winner.
Born in September, 1897, Irene Curie was the first of the Curies’ two daughters. Along with nice other children whose parents were also famous scholars, Irene studied in their own school, and her mother was one of the teachers. She finished her high school education at the College of Sévigné in Paris.
Irene entered the University of Paris in 1914 to prepare for a degree in mathematics and physics. When World War I began, Irene went to help her mother, who was using X-ray facilities (设备) to help save the lives of wounded soldiers. Irene continued the work by developing X-ray facilities in military hospitals in France and Belgium. Her services were recognised in the form of a Military Medal by the French government.
In 1918, Irene became her mother’s assistant at the Curie Institute. In December 1924, Frederic Joliot joined the Institute, and Irene taught him the techniques required for his work. They soon fell in love and were married in 1926. Their daughter Helene was born in 1927 and their son Pierre five years later.
Like her mother, Irene combined family and career. Like her mother, Irene was awarded a Nobel Prize, along with her husband, in 1935. Unfortunately, also like her mother, she developed leukemia because of her work with radioactivity (辐射能). Irene Joliot-Curie died from leukemia on March 17, 1956.
284.Why was Irene Curie awarded a Military Medal?
A.Because she received a degree in mathematics.
B.Because she contributed to saving the wounded.
C.Because she won the Nobel Prize with Frederic.
D.Because she worked as a helper to her mother.
285.Where did Irene Curie meet her husband Frederic Joliot?
A.At the Curie Institute.
B.At the University of Paris.
C.At a military hospital.
D.At the College of Sévigné.
286.When was the second child of Irene Curie and Frederic Joliot born?
A.In 1932. B.In 1927.
C.In 1897. D.In 1926.
287.In which of the following aspects was Irene Curie different from her mother?
A.Irene worked with radioactivity.
B.Irene combined family and career.
C.Irene won the Nobel Prize once.
D.Irene died from leukemia.
【答案】284.B 285.A 286.A 287.C
【解析】居里夫人是第一个获得诺贝尔奖的女子，也是第一个获得两次诺贝尔奖的人。然而，很少有人知道，她的女儿也获得过诺贝尔奖。居里夫人的女儿Irene跟随母亲从事镭元素的研究，与丈夫一起获得了诺贝尔奖。遗憾的是，Irene跟母亲一样，也是因辐射患上了白血病。
284.根据第三段“Irene continued the work by developing X-ray facilities in military hospitals in France and Belgium. Her services were recognized in the form of a Military Medal by the French government.”可知，Irene帮助她的妈妈研发治疗伤者的X射线设备，为救治伤员作出了贡献，故选B。
285.根据第四段“In December 1924, Frederic Joliot joined the Institute, and Irene taught him the techniques required for his work. They soon fell in love...”可知，Irene在Curie Institute遇到了她的丈夫，故选A。
286.根据第四段“Their daughter Helene was born in 1927 and their son Pierre five years later.”可知，他们的第二个孩子是在1927年有了第一个孩子之后的第五年，即1932年出生的，故选A。
287.根据最后一段“Like her mother, Irene combined family and career. Like her mother, Irene was awarded a Nobel Prize ...also like her mother, she developed leukemia because of her work with radioactivity”可知，Irene和她妈妈一样，兼顾家庭和事业，被授予诺贝尔奖，由于从事的工作与辐射有关，她和妈妈一样得了白血病，根据第一段“the first person to win it twice”可知，居里夫人两次获得诺贝尔奖。故选C。
67.（2011年，山东卷）
Tim Richter and his wife, Linda, had taught for over 30 years near Buffalo, New York--he in computers, she in special education. "Teaching means everything to us," Tim would say. In April1998, he learned he would need a heart operation. It was the kind of news that leads to some serious thinking about life's purpose.
Not long after the surgery, Tim saw a brochure describing Imagination Library, a program started by Dolly Parton' s foundation (基金会) that mailed a book every month to children from birth to age five in the singer's home town of Sevier, Tennessee.“I thought, maybe Linda and I could do something like this when we retire," Tim recalls. He placed the brochure on his desk, "as a reminder."
Five years later, now retired and with that brochure still on the desk, Tim clicked on imagination library .com. The program had been opened up to partners who could take advantage of book and postage discounts.
The quality of the books was of great concern to the Richters. Rather than sign up online, they went to Dollywood for a look-see. “We didn’t want to give the children rubbish,” says Linda. The books-reviewed each year by teachers, literacy specialists and Dollywood board members-included classics such as Ezra Jack Keats’s The Snowy Day and newer books like Anna Dewdney’s Llama Llama series.
Satisfied, the couple set up the Richter Family Foundation and got to work. Since 2004, they have shipped more than 12,200 books to preschoolers in their in their area. Megan Williams, a mother of four, is more than appreciative: “This program introduces us to books I’ve never heard of .”
The Richters spend about ＄400 a month sending books to 200 children. “Some people sit there and wait to die,” says Tim. “Others get as busy as they can in the time they have left.”
288.What led Tim to think seriously about the meaning of life?
A.His health problem. B.His love for teaching.
C.The influence of his wife. D.The news from the Web.
289.What did Tim want to do after learning about Imagination Library?
A.Give out brochures. B.Do something similar.
C.Write books for children D.Retire from being a teacher.
290.According to the text, Dollly Parton is .
A.a well-known surgeon B.a mother of a four-year-old
C.a singer born in Tennessee D.a computer programmer
291.Why did the Richters go to Dollywood?
A.To avoid signing up online.
B.To meet Dollywood board members.
C.To make sure the books were the newest.
D.To see if the books were of good quality.
292.What can we learn from Tim’s words in the last paragraph?
A.He needs more money to help the children.
B.He wonders why some people are so busy.
C.He tries to save those waiting to die.
D.He considers his efforts worthwhile.
【答案】288.A 289.B 290.C 291.D 292.D
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章通过介绍Richter夫妇从接触一个名为Imagination Library的项目到成立自己的基金会的历程并找到生活的真正价值
288.细节理解题。根据文章第一段he learned he would need a heart operation. It was the kind of news that leads to some serious thinking about life's purpose.可知，他得知他需要做心脏手术。这类新闻引发了人们对人生目标的严肃思考。所以是他的健康问题使他严肃思考生活的意义。故选A项。
289.细节理解题。根据第二段I thought, maybe Linda and I could do something like this when we retire可知，我想，也许琳达和我退休后可以做些类似的事情。所以作者手术后不久接触到Imagination Library的宣传册决定退休后从事这样的事业。故选B项。
290.细节理解题。根据第二段a program started by Dolly Parton' s foundation (基金会) that mailed a book every month to children from birth to age five in the singer's home town of Sevier, Tennessee.可知，多莉 · 帕顿的基金会发起了一个项目，在歌手的家乡田纳西州的塞维尔，这个项目每个月都会给从出生到五岁的孩子们邮寄一本书。所以Dollly Parton是一个出生在田纳西州的歌手。故选C项。
291.细节理解题。根据第四段The quality of the books was of great concern to the Richters.可知，这些书的质量是Richters非常关心的。所以里希特夫夫妇去多莱伍德是为了看看这些书的质量好不好。故选D项。
292.推理判断题。根据最后一段The Richters spend about ＄400 a month sending books to 200 children. “Some people sit there and wait to die,” says Tim. “Others get as busy as they can in the time they have left.”可知，希特夫夫妇每月花400美元给200个孩子寄书。“有些人坐在那里等死，”蒂姆说。“其他人在离世的时候还在忙碌。由此判断出，他认为他的努力是值得的。故选D项。
68.（2011年，辽宁卷）
I got my first driver’s license in 1953 by taking driver education in my first year at Central High School in Charlotte，North Carolina.Four years later when it was time to renew my license I was a married woman.Henry and I were living in Baltimore，Maryland.Two weeks before my 20th birthday，Henry drove me to the motor vehicle office on a hot July afternoon.When I got to the office and showed to the man behind the counter my North Carolina driver’s license，ready to renew，the man told me that I was under age by Maryland law since I was not yet 21.“Mr. Henry Smith，your husband，will have to sign for you,” he said.
I argued，pointing to a very large belly(肚子) of mine，“I am married.I am having a baby.Why should I have to have someone sign for me to drive?”He answered coldly.“It’s the law，madam.”
Henry encouraged me to calm down，just go ahead and get the license and be done with it.“No，”I said.I refused to have him sign for me.So I left without a Maryland license.
I called the North Carolina Motor Vehicle office and renewed my NC license by mail--using my name Susan Brown.And thus it was for the next twelve years.Since Henry was in the army I could drive under my home state license.By the time Henry left the army we were once again living in Maryland，and I had to take the Maryland driver’s exam.Since then I just go in and renew every four years--sign the name Susan Brown，have my new picture taken, and walk out with a license to drive.
293.Susan got her first driver’s license_______.
A.before she got married to Henry
B.when she was twenty years old
C.after she finished high school
D.when she just moved to Maryland
294.Susan failed to renew her license the first time in Maryland because_____.
A.she was forbidden to drive by Maryland law
B.she lacked driving experience in Maryland
C.she was to give birth to a baby soon
D.she insisted on signing for herself
295.We can infer from the text that in the U.S.___________.
A.American males should serve in the army
B.different states may have different laws
C.people have to renew their licenses in their home states
D.women should adopt their husbands’ family names after marriage
【答案】293.A 294.D 295.B
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章叙述了自己在两个不同的州的得到驾照的事情，想告诉我们在美国不同的州有不同的法律。
293.细节理解题。根据文章第一段I got my first driver’s license in 1953 by taking driver education in my first year at Central High School in Charlotte，North Carolina.Four years later when it was time to renew my license I was a married woman可知，1953年，我在北卡罗莱纳州夏洛特市的中央高中第一年接受了驾驶考试培训，获得了第一张驾照。四年后，当我要更新驾照时，我已经是一个已婚的女人了。所以苏珊在嫁给亨利之前拿到了她的第一个驾照。故选A。
294.细节理解题。根据第二段和第三段I have to have someone sign for me to drive？“No，”I said.I refused to have him sign for me.So I left without a Maryland license.可知，作者不愿意让别人为她签名，要自己签名。作者拒绝了让他人为自己签字。所以作者离开了而没有获得马里兰的驾照。所以苏珊在马里兰第一次没有更新执照，是因为她坚持要自己签字。故选D。
295.推理判断题。根据第一段和第二段“I got my first driver’s license in 1953 by taking driver education in my first year at Central High School in Charlotte，North Carolina.Four years later when it was time to renew my license . I refused to have him sign for me . So I left without a Maryland license ”可知，1953年作者就在北卡罗莱纳州获得了驾照，但是4年以后到马里兰州去更新驾照时，因为作者拒绝别人为她签字而没有使驾照得到更新。由此推断出北卡罗莱纳州和马里兰州的驾驶法律是不一样的。故选B。
69.（2011年，辽宁卷）
Many people believe Henry Ford invented the automobile (汽车). But Henry Ford did not start to build his first car until 1896. That was eleven years after two Germans developed the world's first automobile. Many people believe Henry Ford invented the production line that moved a car's parts to the worker, instead of making the worker move to the parts. That is not true, either. Many factory owners used methods of this kind before Ford. What Henry Ford did was to use other people's ideas and make them better. And he made the whole factory a moving production line.
In the early days of the automobile, almost every car maker raced his cars. It was the best way of gaining public notice. Henry Ford decided to build a racing car. Ford's most famous race was his first one. It was also the last race in which he drove the car himself.
The race was in 1901, at a field near Detroit. All of the most famous cars had entered, but only two were left: the Winton and Ford's. The Winton was famous for its speed. Most people thought the race was over before it began.
The Winton took an early lead. But halfway through the race, it began to lose power. Ford started to gain. And near the end of the race, he took the lead. Ford won the race and defeated the Winton. His name appeared in newspapers and he became well-known all over the United States. Within weeks of the race, Henry Ford formed a new automobile company. In 1903, a doctor in Detroit bought the first car from the company.____was the beginning of Henry Ford's dream. Ford said: "I will build a motor car for the great mass of people. It will be large enough for the family, but small enough for one person to operate and care for. It will be built of the best materials. It will be built by the best men to be employed. And it will be built with the simplest plans that modern engineering can produce. It will be so low in price that no man making good money will be unable to own one."
The Model T was a car of that kind. It only cost $850. It was a simple machine that drivers could depend on. Doctors bought the Model T. So did farmers. Even criminals. They considered it the fastest and surest form of transportation. Americans loved the Model T. They wrote stories and songs about it. Thousands of Model T's were built in the first few years.
296.What do we know about Henry Ford from Paragraph 1?
A.He made good use of ideas from others.
B.He produced the first car in the world.
C.He knew how to improve auto parts.
D.He invented the production line.
297.Why did Henry Ford take part in the 1901 car race?
A.To show off his driving skills.
B.To draw public attention.
C.To learn about new technology.
D.To raise money for his new company.
298.“That sale” in Paragraph 4 refers to .
A.the selling of Ford cars at reduced prices
B.the sale of Model T to the mass of people
C.he selling of a car to a Detroit doctor
D.the sales target for the Ford Company
299.What was Henry Ford's dream according to the text?
A.Producing cars for average customers.
B.Building racing cars of simple design.
C.Designing more car models.
D.Starting more companies.
【答案】296.A 297.B 298.C 299.A
【解析】本文是记叙文。讲述了亨利福特充分利用别人的想法，生产出了自己的汽车，形成了自己的生产流水线。通过赛车比赛，使公众关注到自己的汽车，然后建立了自己的汽车公司，为所有的普通顾客生产汽车。
296.细节理解题。根据短文第一段倒数第二句话What Henry Ford did was to use other people's ideas and make them better.可知：福特所做的就是利用别人的想法，然后更好地利用。故选A。
297.推理判断题。根据短文第二段内容及 It was the best way of gaining public notice. 可知，开始时，每个汽车制造者都开赛车，并且这是引人注意的最好方法。因此亨利福特也制造自己的赛车，进行比赛，目的是引人注意。故选B。
298.词意猜测题。由上一句话“In 1903, a doctor in Detroit bought the first car from the company”可知，that sale指代的是医生买车这件事。故选C。
299.细节理解题。由短文倒数第二段It will be so low in price that no man making good money will be unable to own one.及最后一段The Model T was a car of that kind. It only cost $850. It was a simple machine that drivers could depend on. Doctors bought the Model T. So did farmers.可知福特造的车价格低，能挣钱的人都能买得起他的车，医生，农民甚至罪犯都买他的车。由此可知他的梦想就是为普通老百姓造车。故选A。
70.（2011年，北京卷）
“I Went Skydiving at 84!”
As a young girl growing up in the 1930s, I always wanted to fly a plane, but back then it was almost unheard of a woman to do that. I got a taste of that dream in 2011,when my husband arranged for me me ride in a hot air balloon for my birthday. But the experience turned out to be very dull. Around that time ,I told my husband that I wanted to skydive. So when our retirement community（社区）announced that they were having an essay competition and the topic was an experience of a lifetime that you wanted to have, I decided to write about my dream.
In the essay, I wrote about my desire to skydive, stating George Brush Sr. did it at age 80. Why not me? I was just 84 and in pretty good health. A year went by and I heard nothing. But then at a community party in late April 2009, they announced that I was one of the winners. I just couldn’t believe it.
One june 11, 2009, nearly 40 of my family and friends gathered in the area close to where I would land while I headed up in the airplane. My instructor, Jay, guided me through the experience. The plane was the noisiest one I had ever been in, but I wasn’t frightened—I was really just looking forward to the experience. When we reachen 13,000 feet, Jay instructed me to throw myself out of the plane. When we first hit the air, the wind was so strong that I could hardly breathe. For a second I thought, “What have I gotten myself into?” But then everything got calmer. We were in a free fall for about a minute before Jay opened the parachute（降落伞）, then we just floated downward fo zhout five minutes. Being up in the clouds and looking at the view below was unlike anything I have ever felt—much better than the hot air ballon. I was just enjoying it.
Skydiving was really one of the greatest experiences of my life. I hope other people will look at me and realize that you don’t stop living just because you are 84 years old. If there’s something you want to experience, look into it. If it’s something that is possible, make it happen.
300.What happened to the auther in 2001?
A.She flew an airplane
B.She entered a competition
C.She went on a hot air balloon ride
D.She moved into a retirement community
301.The author mentioned George Bush Sr. in her essay to .
A.build up her own reputation
B.show her admiration for him
C.compare their health conditon
D.make her argument persuasive
302.How did the authou feel immediately after she jumped out of the plane?
A.Excited B.Scared C.Nervous D.Regretful
303.What did the author enjoy most when she was skydiving?
A.The beautiful clouds B.The wonderful view
C.The company of Jay D.The one-minute free fall
【答案】300.C 301.D 302.C 303.D
【解析】
300.本题属于细节理解题中的事实细节题。本题需要考查对文章细节部分的把握，属于
较易难度的题。由“1 got a taste of that dream in 2001,when my husband aranged for me to ride in a hot air balloon for my birthday"可知答案选C.本题只需对文章中的细节加以把握，找到文章中对应的时间2001年，便可轻松找到答案。
301.本题属于推理判断题中的深层推理题。本题需要考查对文章细节部分的理解和推
理，揣摩作者的意图，属于中等难度的题。本题需对细节部分进行理解和推断得出答案，由“In the essay, I wrote about my desire to skydive, stating George Brush Sr. did it at age 80, Why not me? I was just 84 and in pretty good health”可知，作者将自己和80岁高空跳伞的布什进行对比，陈述到自己84岁身体很健康，布什总统80岁能做到自己也可以。因此可以看出作者引用George Brush是来使她的论点更具有说服力。也可以通过排除法得出答案,A选项“提升自己的荣誉”B选项“表示对布什的钦佩”文章都没有具体提到，所以排除: C选项文中只提到作者的身体很健康，并没有将其和布什比较，因此也可以排除。
302.该题属于细节理解题中的事实细节题。本题需要将文章中前后两部分结合起来判
断，推理得出答案，属于中等难度的题型。由上文作者“but I wasn' t frightened 1 was really
just looking forward to the experience"到接下来“ When we first hit the air, the wind was so
strong that I could hardly breathe. For a second I thought,‘ What have I gotten myself into?'"可以看出作者跳出飞机的那一刹那是后悔的她很期待这次经历但是如此强烈的风让他无法呼吸，她后悔将自已陷入如此危险的境地，“What have I gotten myself into?"可以清晰的表明作者的感受。A. B、C选项文章均没有提到可排除，所以选D.
303.该题属于细节理解题中的事实细节题。本题需要考查上下文理解以及对细节的把
握，属于较易难度题。由文中“Being up in the clouds and looking at the view below was unlike anything I have ever felt- much better than the hot air balloon. 1 was just enjoying it."可以看出作者enjoy的是他从未感受过的风景view.所以答案选B.通过该句的前后可以直接找出答案。
71.（2011年，江苏卷）

We know the famous ones-the Thomas Edisons and the Alexander Graham Bells -but what about the less famous inventors? What about the people who invented the traffic light and the windshield wiper(雨刮器)? Shouldn’t we know who they are?
Joan Mclean thinks so. In fact, Mclean, a professor of physics at Mountain University in Range, feels so strongly about this matter that she’s developed a course on the topic. In addition to learning "who" invented "what", however, Mclean also likes her students to learn the answers to the "why" and "how" questions. According to Mclean, "When students learn the answers to these questions, they are better prepared to recognize opportunities for inventing and more motivated to give inventing a try. "
Her students agree. One young man with a patent for an unbreakable umbrella is walking proof of McLean's statement. “If I had not heard the story of the windshield wiper’s invention," said Tommy Lee, a senior physics major. “I never would have dreamed of turning my bad experience during a rain storm into something so constructive." Lee is currently negotiating to sell his patent to an umbrella producer.
So, just what is the story behind the windshield wiper? Well, Mary Anderson came up with the idea in 1902 after a visit to New York City. The day was cold and stormy, but Anderson still wanted to see the sights, so she jumped aboard a streetcar. Noticing that the driver was struggling to see through the snow by covering the windshield, she found herself wondering why there couldn’t be a built-in device for cleaning the window. Still wondering about this when she returned home to Birmingham, Alabama, Anderson started drafting out solutions. One of her ideas, a lever (操作杆) on the inside of a vehicle that would control an arm on the outside, became the first windshield wiper.
Today we benefit from countless inventions and innovations. It’s hard to imagine driving without Garrett A.Morgan’s traffic light. It’s equally impossible to picture a world without Katherine J. Blodgett’s innovation that makes glass invisible. Can you picture life without clear windows and eyeglasses?
304.By mentioning "traffic light" and "windshield wiper", the author indicates that countless inventions are_______.
A.beneficial, because their inventors are famous
B.beneficial, though their inventors are less famous
C.not useful, because their inventors are less famous
D.not useful, though their inventors are famous
305.Professor Joan McLean’s course aims to _____.
A.add color and variety to students’ campus life
B.inform students of the windshield wiper’s invention
C.carry out the requirements by Mountain University
D.prepare students to try their own invention
306.Tommy Lee’s invention of the unbreakable umbrella was _
A.not eventually accepted by the umbrella producer
B.inspired by the story behind the windshield wiper
C.due to his dream of being caught in a rainstorm
D.not related to Professor Joan McLean’s lectures
307.Which of the following can best serve as the title of this passage?
A.How to Help Students to Sell Their Inventions to Producers?
B.How to Design a Built-in Device for Cleaning the Window?
C.Shouldn’t We Know Who Invented the Windshield Wiper?
D.Shouldn’t We Develop Invention Courses in Universities?
【答案】304.B 305.D 306.B 307.C
【解析】一位物理学教授通过自己独特的课程不但让学生们了解了一些很有用发明的发明人，同时也激发了学生们搞发明的潜能。
304.B 推理判断题。根据第一段中的“...but what about the less famous inventors？”和文章末段首句“Today we benefit from countless...”可推知，作者认为相对爱迪生和贝尔来说，虽然这些发明家知名度低，但这些发明是有益的。
305.D 细节理解题。根据第二段末句“...they are better prepared to recognize opportunities for inventing and more motivated to give inventing a try.”可知，让学生做好准备去尝试自己的发明是课程的宗旨。
306.B 细节理解题。根据第三段中 “If I had not heard the story of the windshield wiper’s invention,” said Tommy Lee, a senior physics major, “I never would have dreamed of turning my bad experience during a rainstorm into something so constructive.”可知，雨刷器发明的故事正是Tommy Lee发明unbreakable umbrella的灵感来源。
307.C 主旨大意题。文章围绕“雨刷器发明的故事”展开，结合第一段末句 “Shouldn’t we know who they are？”可知，应选C。
72.（2011年，江苏卷）
Shay asked, “Do you think they’ll let me play?” Shay’s father knew that most of the boys would not want someone like Shay on their team, but the father also understood that if his son, mentally and physically disabled, were allowed to play, it would give him a much-needed sense of belonging and some confidence.
Shay’s father approached one of the boys on the field and asked if Shay could play, not expecting much. The boy looked around and said, “We’re losing by six runs (分) and the game is in the eighth inning (局).I guess he can be on our team and we’ll try to put him in to bat in the final inning.
Shay struggled over to the team’s bench and put on a team shirt with a broad smile and his father had a small tear in his eye and warmth in heart. The boys saw the father’s joy at his son being accepted.
In the bottom of the eighth inning, Shay’s team scored a few runs but was still behind by three. In the top of the final inning, Shay put on a glove and played in the field. Even though no hits came his way, he was obviously joyful just to be in the game and on the field. In the bottom of the final inning, Shay’s team scored again. Now, Shay was scheduled to be next at bat. Would they let Shay bat and give away their chance to win the game?
Surprisingly, Shay was given the bat. Everyone knew that a hit was almost impossible. The first pitch (投) came and Shay missed. The pitcher again took a few steps forward to throw the ball softly towards Shay. As the pitch came in, Shay swung at the ball and hit a slow ground ball right back to the pitcher.
The pitcher could have easily thrown he ball to the first baseman and Shay would have been out and that would have been the end of the game .Instead, the pitcher threw the ball right over the head of the first baseman, beyond the reach of all teammates, The audience and the players from both teams started screaming, “Shay, run to first! ” Never in his life had Shay ever run that far but made it to first base, wide-eyed and shocked..
Everyone should, “Run to second!” Catching his breath, Shay awkwardly ran towards second. By the time Shay rounded towards second base, the smallest guy on their team, who had a chance to be the hero for his team for the first time, could have thrown the ball to the second baseman, but he understood the pitcher’s intentions and he too intentionally threw the ball high and far over the third baseman’s head.
All were screaming，“Shay，Shay，Shay，all the way Shay.” Shay reached third base when one opposing player ran to help him and shouted, “Shay, run to third.” As Shay rounded third, all were on their feet, crying,“Shay, run home！”Shay ran to home, stepped on the home base and was cheered as the hero who the who won the game for his team.
That day, the boys from both teams helped bring a piece true love and humanity into this world. Shay didn’t make it to another summer and died that winter, having never forgotten being the hero and making his father so happy and coming home and seeing his mother tearfully hug her little hero of the day!
308.Not expecting much, Shay’s father still asked the boy if Shay could play, mainly because the father _________.
A.noticed some of the boys on the field were heisting
B.guessed his presence would affect the boy’s decision
C.learned some of the boys on the field knew Shay well
D.understood Shay did need a feeling of being accepted
309.In the bottom of the final inning Shay was given the bat because the boys _________.
A.believed they were sure to win the game
B.would like to help Shay enjoy the game
C.found Shay was so eager to be a winner
D.fell forced to give Shay another chance
310.The smallest boy threw the ball high and far over the third baseman’s head, probably because that boy ________.
A.was obviously aware of the pitcher’s purpose
B.looked forward to winning the game for his team
C.failed to throw the ball to the second baseman
D.saw that Shay already reached second base
311.Which of the following has nothing to do with Shay’s becoming the hero for his team?
A.The pitcher did not throw the ball to the first baseman.
B.The audience and the players from both teams cheered for him.
C.The opposing players failed to stop his running to home.
D.One of the opposing players ran to help him.
312.What to you think is the theme of the story?
A.True human nature could be realized in the way we treat each other.
B.Everyone has his own strength even if mentally or physically disabled.
C.Everyone can develop his team spirit in sports and please his parents.
D.The results of the game should not be the only concern of the players.
【答案】308.D 309.B 310.A 311.C 312.A
【解析】
308.推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句可以推断，Shay的父亲理解儿子的心情，虽然身患残疾，但儿子希望得到别人的认可和接受，这种归属感会让儿子感到自信和乐观。
309.推理判断题。根据文章的整体内容，特别是最后一段第一句可推断，这些打棒球的小男孩都十分善良，他们希望成全Shay，让他感受到体育运动带来的快乐，所以在最后一局，他们把球棒传到了Shay手中。
310.细节理解题。根据倒数第三段最后一句可知，最小的男孩理解了投手的意图，所以故意把球扔得又高又远。
311.推理判断题。为了成全身患残疾的Shay，球队双方进行了善意地欺骗，故意屡屡失手，共同制造了一个特殊的“英雄”，让Shay在人世间不多的日子里感到了快乐。显然C项与文章内容及主题不符。
312.主旨大意题。文章讲述了一个关于爱的故事，一个关于人性的话题，人性是善的，在我们对待彼此的方式方法上，我们的人性充分显示出来。
73.（2011年，福建卷）
Jacqueline Bouvier Kennedy Onassis was one of the most private women in the world, yet when she went to work as an editor in the last two decades of her life, she revealed (展现) herself as she did nowhere else.
After the death of her second husband, Greek shipping magnate(巨头)Aristotle Onassis, Jacqueline’s close friend and former White House social secretary Letitia Baldrige made a suggestion that she consider a career（职业）in publishing. After consideration, Jacqueline accepted it. Perhaps she hoped to find there some idea about how to live her own life. She became not less but more interested in reading. For the last 20 years of her life, Jacqueline worked as a publisher’s editor, first at Viking, then at Doubleday, pursuing(追求)a late-life career longer than her two marriages combined. During her time in publishing, she was responsible for managing and editing more than 100 successfully marketed books. Among the first books were In the Russian Style and Inventive Paris Clothes. She also succeeded in persuading TV hosts Bill Moyer’s and Jose Campbell to transform their popular television conversations into a book, The Power of Myth. The book went on to become an international best-seller. She dealt, too, with Michael Jackson as he prepared his autobiography(自传), Moonwalk.
Jacqueline may have been hired for name and for her social relations, but she soon proved her worth. Her choices, suggestions and widespread social relations were of benefit both to the publishing firms and to Jacqueline herself. In the books she selected for publication, she built on a lifetime of spending time by herself as a reader and left a record of the growth of her mind. Her books are the autobiography she never wrote.__________________________________________. However, few knew that she had achieved so much.
313.We can learn from the passage that Jacqueline _________.
A.because fond of reading after working as an editor
B.was in charge of publishing 100 books
C.promoted her books through social relations
D.gained a lot from her career as an editor
314.The underlined sentence in the last paragraph probably means that_________.
A.Jacqueline ended up as an editor rather as First Lady
B.Jacqueline’s life as First Lady was more colorful than as an editor
C.Jacqueline was more successful as an editor than as First Lady
D.Jacqueline’s role as First Lady was more brilliant than as an editor
315.What can be inferred from the passage?
A.Jacqueline’s two marriages lasted more than 20 years.
B.Jacqueline’s own publishing firm was set up eventually.
C.Jacqueline’s views and beliefs were reflected in the books she edited.
D.Jacqueline’s achievements were widely known.
316.The passage is mainly______________.
A.an introduction of Jacqueline’s life both as First Lady and as an editor
B.a brief description of Jacqueline’s lifelong experiences
C.a brief account of Jacqueline’s career as an editor in her last 20 years
D.an analysis of Jacqueline’s social relations in publishing
【答案】313.D 314.C 315.C 316.C
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了Jacqueline在她的第二任丈夫去世后，听从了朋友的建议，开始从事编辑这一职业。Jacqueline独到的观点看法使她在出版行业取得了巨大的成功，她成功的负责过100多本图书的编辑出版工作。
313.推理判断题，由第一段中的she went to work as an editor in the last two decades of her life, she revealed herself as she did nowhere else可推出她在自己的编辑事业中获益很大。再结合文章中的第二段中During her time in publishing, she was responsible for managing and editing more than 100 successfully marketed books.由此可推断，Jacqueline作为一个编辑，取得了巨大的成功，她成功地负责过100多本图书的编辑出版工作。故选D。
314.词句猜测题。据画线句后面However, few knew that she had achieved so much.可知，然而，很少有人知道她取得了这么多成就。因此推测画线句的含义是：她作为第一夫人的角色最终在她作为编辑的出色表现前黯然失色。故选C。
315.推理判断题。由最后一段的Her books are the autobiography she never wrote. 可知，她编辑的书籍就是她从来没有写过的自传。由此可知，她的观点和信仰都反映在她所编辑的书籍中。故选C。
316.主旨大意题，阅读全文可知，这篇文章主要是简要介绍了杰奎琳在过去20年中的编辑生涯。故选C。
74.（2011年，湖南卷）
My father was Chief engineer of a merchant ship, which was sunk in Word War II. The book Night of the U-boats told the story.
Memories
In September, 1940, my mother, sister and I went to Swansea, where my father’s ship was getting ready to sail. We brought him a family photograph to be kept with him at all times and keep him sale.
Then I remember my mother lying lace down, sobbing. She had heard from a friend that the ship had been sunk by a torpedo(鱼雷).
I can remember the arrival of the telegram(电报),Which in those days always brought had new. My grandmother opened it. It read, “Safe, Love Ted.”
My most vivid memory Is being woken and brought down to sit o my father’s knee, his arm in a bandage.
He was judged unfit to return to sea and took a shore job in Glasgow for the rest of the war. For as long as I can remember, he had a weak heart. Mother said it was caused by the torpedoes. He said it was because of the cigarettes. Whichever, he died suddenly in his early 50s.
Ten years later I read Night of the U-bouts and was able to complete the story.
Torpedo
One torpedo struck the ship. Father was in the engine room, where the third engineer was killed. He shut down the engines to slow the ship making it easier for it to be abandoned.
By the time he got on deck (甲板) he was alone. Every lifeboat was gone except one which had stuck fast. When he tried to cut it free it swung against the ship, injuring his hand and arm. He had no choice but to jump—still with the photograph in his pocket.
Three days later, he and other survivors were safe in Glasgow. All 23 with him signed the back of the photograph.
In my room is the book and the photograph. Often, glass in hand, I have wondered how I would have dealt with an explosion, a sinking ship, a jump into a vast ocean rind a wait for rescue? Lest（以免）we forget, I have some more whisky and toast the heroes of the war.
317.We can infer that the mother and children went to Swansea ________.
A.to meet a friend
B.to see the father off
C.to take a family photo
D.to enjoy the sailing of the ship
318.What did the author learn about the father from the telegram?
A.he was still alive.
B.His knee was broken.
C.His ship had been sunk.
D.He had arrived in Glasgow.
319.The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 6 refers to the father’s ________.
A.weak heart
B.taking a shore job
C.failure to return to sea
D.injury caused by a torpedo
320.What can we know about the author’s father after his ship was attacked?
A.He lost his arm
B.He repaired the engines.
C.He managed to take a lifeboat.
D.He was the last to leave the ship.
321.What is the passage mainly about?
A.A group of forgotten heroes
B.A book describing a terrifying battle.
C.A ship engineer’s wartime experience.
D.A merchant’s memories of a sea rescue.
【答案】317.B 318.A 319.A 320.D 321.C
【解析】
317.S定位，找到Memories下面第一段，讲到父亲会从S起航，我们带给他family photograph目的是be kept with him和keep him safe，推断出我们是去给父亲送行
318.telegram定位，找到Memories下面第三段，电报内容：safe，确定A
319.父亲说it是由cigarettes引起，母亲说it由torpedoes引起，it 只代前文的week heart
320.after his ship was attack 定位， 找到Torpedo部分，第二段首句he was alone确定D
321.全文主旨，C。其它选项错误原因：A，forgotten heroes在文中都没有涉及；B，terrible battle没有提；D, merchant's memories应该是作者（merchant's child 的memories）
75.（2010年，湖北卷）
It was a Sunday and the heavy storm had lasted all night. The morning after the storm, though, was beautiful: blue skies, warm air and a calm, inviting sea touching the shore gently.
My father realized it was a good day for fishing and invited my sister and me to go with him. I was only 14 and fishing had never been my thing, but I decided to go all the same. I’m so glad I did.
On the road to the harbor we could see the terrible destruction on the coast, but the harbor itself was in fairly good shape. After all, it was protected by the arms of a bay that had only one tiny channel to the sea. As we got on board, we noticed two big humps (脊背) in the distance.
On approaching them, we saw it was a mother whale with her baby. We couldn’t believe it — there aren’t any whales along the coast here. The storm must have driven them across the ocean into the bay, in which the still water was so badly polluted that nothing could survive.
The little baby whale — actually as big as our boat — was obviously stuck and could not move. The mother dived under the water and came up suddenly, making big whirlpools(漩涡) and waves. “She’s trying to help her baby, but on the wrong side,” my father said. At this point, my father moved our boat in a semicircle to the other side and, heading the boat towards the baby whale, pushed it gently. With our several gentle pushes the big hump turned over and disappeared under water. Then it swam up right beside its mum. They struggled in their desperate attempts to escape but missed the exit and started heading in the wrong direction. We hurried up to the whales and tried to lead them towards the bay channel. Slowly, they let us lead them, some-times rising from the water right beside us to breathe — and to give us a trusting look with those huge eyes. Once they hit their first part of clean water flowing straight from the sea, the mum gave us a wave with her tail and off they swam into the distance.
In the excitement it had felt like only a few minutes, but we had been with those wonderful animals for almost an hour and a half. That was the simple and lasting beauty of the day. Nearly four decades later, I still look back fondly to that golden day at sea.
322.The author says “I’m so glad I did.” (in Para.2) because __________.
A.he spent the weekend with his family
B.be witnessed the whole process of fishing
C.he enjoyed the beauty of the calm sea
D.he experienced the rescue of the whales
323.The harbor survived the storm owing to __________.
A.the long coast line B.the shape of the harbor
C.the arms of the bay D.the still water in the channel
324.The mother whale failed to help her baby because __________.
A.the waves pushed her baby in the wrong direction
B.she had stayed in the polluted water for too long
C.the whirlpools she had made were not big enough
D.she had no other whales around to turn to for help
325.What is the theme of the story?
A.It’s vital to protect the environment
B.Saving lives brings people a sense of happiness
C.Fishing provides excitement for children
D.It’s necessary to live in harmony with animals
【答案】322.D 323.C 324.A 325.B
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者和父亲出海时，救下两头鲸鱼的故事，这给作者带来了很多的快乐，由此可知，拯救生命带给人们一种幸福感。
322.词义猜测题。根据文章第四、五段及文章最后一句话Nearly four decades later, I still look back fondly to that golden day at sea.可知，作者和他的父亲帮助了两头鲸鱼成功游离港湾，这让作者非常开心，近四十年过去了，作者仍然深情地回忆着海上那金色的一天。所以，作者说他很高兴那天和父亲出去了。故选D。
323.细节理解题。根据第三段中的On the road to the harbor we could see the terrible destruction on the coast, but the harbor itself was in fairly good shape. After all, it was protected by the arms of a bay that had only one tiny channel to the sea.可知，在去港口的路上，我们可以看到海岸上可怕的破坏，但港口本身的情况还不错。毕竟，它受到海湾的保护，海湾只有一条通向大海的小水道。故选C。
324.细节理解题。根据第五段中的The mother dived under the water and came up suddenly, making big whirlpools(漩涡) and waves. “She’s trying to help her baby, but on the wrong side,” my father said.可知，鲸鱼妈妈潜入水中，突然浮上来，制造了巨大的漩涡和波浪。“她想帮她的孩子，但方向不对，”父亲说。由此可知，鲸鱼妈妈没能帮助她的宝宝，因为海浪把她的宝宝推向了错误的方向。故选A。
325.主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了作者和父亲出海时，救下两头鲸鱼的故事，这给作者带来了很多的快乐，近四十年过去了，作者仍然深情地回忆着海上那金色的一天。由此可知，文章主要想告诉我们拯救生命带给人们一种幸福感。故选B。
76.（2007年，全国卷）
It was a winter morning, just a couple of weeks before Christmas 2005. While most people were warming up their cars, Trevor, my husband, had to get up early to ride his bike four kilometers away from home to work. On arrival, he parked his bike outside the back door as he usually does. After putting in 10 hours of labor, he returned to find his bike gone.
The bike, a black Kona 18 speed, was our only transport. Trevor used it to get to work, putting in 60-hour weeks to support his young family. And the bike was also used to get groceries（食品杂货），saving us from having to walk long distances from where we live.
I was so sad that someone would steal our bike that I wrote to the newspaper and told them our story. Shortly after that, several people in our area offered to help. One wonderful stranger even bought a bike, then called my husband to pick it up. Once again my husband had a way to get to and from his job. It really is an honor that a complete stranger would go out of their way for someone they have never met before.
People say that a smile can be passed from one person to another, but acts of kindness from strangers are even more so. This experience has had a spreading effect in our lives because it strengthened our faith in humanity（人性）as a whole. And it has influenced（影响）us to be more mindful of ways we, too, can share with others. No matter how big or how small, an act of kindness shows that someone cares. And the results can be everlasting.
326.Why was the bike so important to the couple?
A.The man’s job was bike racing. B.It was their only possession.
C.It was a nice Kona 18 speed. D.They used it for work and daily life.
327.We can infer from the text that ____________.
A.the couple worked 60 hours a week. B.people were busy before Christmas
C.the stranger brought over the bike D.life was hard for the young family.
328.How did people get to know the couple’s problem?
A.From radio broadcasts. B.From a newspaper.
C.From TV news. D.From a stranger.
329.What do the couple learn from their experience?
A.Strangers are usually of little help. B.One should take care of their bike.
C.News reports make people famous. D.An act of kindness can mean a lot.
【答案】326.D 327.D 328.B 329.D
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者家中的唯一交通工具—自行车丢了，但好心人自己买了一辆送给他们，作者由此感悟小小的善举意义很大。
326.细节理解题。根据第二段“Trevor used it to get to work...And the bike was also used to get groceries,”可知，自行车是Trevor家工作和日常生活的交通工具。故选D。
327.推理判断题。根据第一段“While most people were warming up their cars,Trevor,my husband,had to get up early to ride his bike four kilometers away from home to work.”可知大部分人都开车,而Trevor要早起骑车去工作,可以看出Trevor家不富裕。
328.推理判断题。根据第三段“I was so sad that someone would steal our bike that I wrote to the newspaper and told them our story.”可知作者把自行车被盗的事情告诉了报纸,所以人们是在报纸上知道这个故事的。
329.推理判断题。根据最后两句“No matter how big or how small,an act of kindness shows that someone cares.And the results can be everlasting.”可知善行无论大小,作用是巨大的。
77.（2007年，全国卷）
Our “Mommy and Me” time began two years ago. My next-door neighbor and fellow mother, Christie, and I were out in our front yards, watching seven children of age 6 and under ride their bikes up and down. “I wish I could take one of my children out alone,” said Christie.
Then we worked out a plan: When Christie takes one of her children out, I’ll watch her other three. And when she watches two of mine, I’ll take someone out.
The children were extremely quick to accept the idea of “Mommy and Me” time. Christie’s daughter, McKenzie, went first. When she returned, the other children showered her with tons of questions. McKenzie was smiling broadly. Christie looked refreshed and happy. “She’s like a different child when there’s no one else around,” Christie shared with me quickly. With her mother all to herself, McKenzie didn’t have to make an effort to gain attention.
Just as Christie had noticed changes in McKenzie, I also discovered something different in each of my children during our alone times. For example, I am always surprised when my daughter, who is seldom close to me, holds my hand frequently. My stuttering（口吃的）son, Tom, doesn’t stutter once during our activities since he doesn’t have to struggle for a chance to speak. And the other son, Sam, who’s always a follower when around other children shines as a leader during our times together.
The “Mommy and Me” time allows us to be simply alone and away with each child ---talking, sharing, and laughing, which has been the biggest gain. Every child deserves（应得到）to be an only child at least once in a while.
330.What is the text mainly about?
A.The experience of the only child being with mother.
B.The advantage of spending time with one child at a time.
C.The happy life of two families.
D.The basic needs of children.
331.Right after McKenzie came back, the other children were _____________.
A.happy B.curious C.regretful D.friendly
332.What is one of the changes the author finds in her children?
A.The daughter acts like a leader. B.Sam holds her hand more often.
C.The boys become better followers. D.Tom has less difficulty in speaking.
333.The author seems to believe that ___________.
A.having brothers and sisters is fun
B.it’s tiring to look after three children
C.every child needs parents’ full attention
D.parents should watch others’ children
【答案】330.A 331.D 332.D 333.C
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本叙述了两个妈妈尝试每次只带一个孩子出去,从而发现了这样做的好处:孩子们不再为了引起注意而努力,更能发挥他们的个性。
330.主旨大意题。本文叙述了两个妈妈尝试每次只带一个孩子出去,从而发现了这样做的好处:孩子们不再为了引起注意而努力,更能发挥他们的个性。所以短文主要讲了一个孩子与母亲独处的经历。故选A项。
331.推理判断题。根据第三段“When she returned,the other children showered her with tons of questions.”可知当她回来时，其他孩子向她提出了许多问题。由此可以推断出其他孩子都很好奇。故选D项。
332.细节理解题。根据第四段“My stuttering son,Tom,doesn’t stutter once during our activities since he doesn’t have to struggle for a chance to speak.”可知Tom由于不再需要抢着说话就不口吃了,他口吃的问题减轻了。故选D项。
333.细节理解题。根据最后一段“Every child deserves to be an only child at least once in a while.”得知作者通过尝试只带一个孩子出去感受到了这样做的好处,所以孩子应该得到家长全部的关注,即使只有很短的时间。由此可知，作者相信每个孩子都需要父母的全部关注。故选C项。
78.（2010年，浙江卷）
When you are little, the whole world feels like a big playground. I was living in Conyers, Georgia the summer it all happened. I was a second grader, but my best friend Stephanie was only in the first grade. Both of our parents were at work and most of the time they let us go our own way.
It was a hot afternoon and we decided to have an adventure in Stephanie's basement. As I opened the basement door, before us lay the biggest room, full of amazing things like guns, dolls, and old clothes. I ran downstairs, and spotted a red steel can. It was paint. I looked beyond it and there lay even more paint in bright colors like purple, orange, blue and green.
"Stephanie, I just found us a project for the day. Get some paintbrushes. We are fixing to paint. “She screamed with excitement as I told her of my secret plans and immediately we got to work. We gathered all the brushes we could find and moved all of our materials to my yard. There on the road in front of my house, we painted big stripes (条纹) of colors across the pavement (人行道). Stripe by stripe, our colors turned into a beautiful rainbow. It was fantastic!
The sun was starting to sink. I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car. It was my mother. I couldn't wait to show her my masterpiece. The car pulled slowly into the driveway and from the look on my mother’s face, I could tell that I was in deep trouble.
My mother shut the ear door and walked towards me. Her eyes glaring, she shouted, "What in the world were you thinking? I understood when you made castles out of leaves, and climbed the neighbors' trees, but this! Come inside right now!" I stood there glaring back at her for a minute, angry because she had insulted (侮辱) my art.
"Now go clean it up!" Mother and I began cleaning the road. Tears ran down my cheeks as I saw my beautiful rainbow turn into black cement.
Though years have now passed, I still wonder where my rainbow has gone. I wonder if, maybe when I get older, I can find my rainbow and never have to brush it away. I guess we all need some sort of rainbow to brighten our lives from time to time and to keep our hopes and dreams colorful.
334.What did the writer want to do when his mother came home?
A.To introduce Stephanie to her. B.To prevent her from seeing his painting.
C.To show his artwork to her. D.To put the materials back in the yard.
335.In his mother's eyes, the writer ________.
A.was a born artist B.worked very hard
C.was a problem solver D.always caused trouble
336.The underlined word "rainbow" in the last paragraph refers to ________.
A.something imaginative and fun B.the stripes on the pavement
C.the rainbow in the sky D.important lessons learned in childhood
337.It can be learned from the passage that parents should ________.
A.encourage children to paint B.value friendship among children
C.protect rather than destroy children's dreams D.discover the hidden talent in children
【答案】334.C 335.D 336.A 337.C
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。作者与小伙伴开心的在道路上画彩虹，本来想展示给母亲看，结果被母亲要求把街道清洗干净，作者最后感慨：父母应该支持孩子的某些创造性的行为，而不是一味的否定。
334.细节理解题。根据文中第四段“I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car. It was my mother. I couldn’t wait to show her my masterpiece.”可知，作者当时是很高兴的想把他的杰作给母亲看。故选C。
335.推理判断题。根据文中第五、六段可以推断出，母亲特别反感作者的一些行为，所以很生气，认为作者是一个麻烦制造者。故选D。
336.推理判断题。最后一段作者的感慨“to keep our hopes and dreams colorful”推断，此时作者提到的rainbow不是指自己曾经画过的街道上的彩虹，而是指自己的人生中的彩虹，也就是有想象力和乐趣的东西，激励自己保持希望和梦想。故选A。
337.主旨大意题。从整篇文章开头叙述作者的开心的画彩虹的过程，到后来被母亲要求把街道清洗干净，到最后的感慨，表明作者写作的最终想要表达的目的之一是：父母应该支持孩子的某些创造性的行为，而不是一味的否定。故选C。
79.（2010年，天津卷）
In the kitchen of my mother’s houses there has always been a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil.
I’m looking for paper on which to note down the name of a book I am recommending to my mother. Over forty years since my earliest memories of the kitchen pad and pencil, five houses later, the current paper and pencil look the same as they always did. Surely it can’t be the same pencil? The pad is more modern, but the wooden stand is definitely the original one.
“I’m just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these year.” I say to her, walking bank into the living-room with a sheet of paper and the pencil. “You still use a pencil. Can’t you afford a pen?”
My mother replies a little sharply. “It works perfectly well. I’ve always kept the stand in the kitchen. I never knew when I might want to note down an idea, and I was always in the kitchen in these days.”
Immediately I can picture her, hair wild, blue housecoat covered in flour, a wooden spoon in one hand, the pencil in the other, her mouth moving silently. My mother smiles and says, “One day I was cooking and watching baby Pauline, and I had a brilliant thought, but the stand was empty. One of the children must have taken the paper. So I just picked up the breadboard and wrote it all down on the back. It turned out to be a real breakthrough for solving the mathematical problem I was working on.”
This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is, as a gifted mathematician. I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work. Later, when my mother is in the bathroom, I go into her kitchen and turn over the breadboards. Sure enough, on the back of the smallest one, are some penciled marks I recognize as mathematics. Those symbols have traveled unaffected through fifty years, rooted in the soil of a cheap wooden breadboard, invisible（看不到的）exhibits at every meal.
338.Why has the author’s mother always kept the notepad and pencil in the kitchen?
A.To leave messages. B.To list her everyday tasks.
C.To note down maths problems. D.To write down a flash of inspiration.
339.What is the author’s original opinion about the wooden stand?
A.It has great value for the family.
B.It needs to be replaced by a better one.
C.It brings her back to her lonely childhood.D .It should be passed on to the next generation.
340.The author feels embarrassed for_______.
A.blaming her mother wrongly.
B.giving her mother a lot of trouble.
C.not making good use of time as her mother did.
D.not making any breakthrough in her field.
341.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A .The mother is successful in her career.
A.The family members like traveling.
B.The author had little time to play when young.
C.The marks on the breadboard have disappeared.
342.In thauthor’s mind ,her mother is_________.
A.strange in behavior. B.keen on her research.
C.fond of collecting old things. D.careless about her appearance.
【答案】338.D 339.B 340.C 341.A 342.B
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。作者妈妈的厨房里总是放着一个记事本架子和一支铅笔。我很不解为什么她到现在还保持用铅笔的习惯。母亲向作者讲述了保持用铅笔的习惯原因。作者后悔没能像母亲那样利用自己的时间。
338.细节理解题。由第三段I never knew when I might want to note down an idea可知，母亲不知道什么时候就会该记下自己的一个想法。所以为什么作者的母亲总是把记事本和铅笔放在厨房里是因为它们是母亲用来记录下自己突然的灵感的工具。故选D。
339.推理判断题。根据第三段I'm just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these years可知，作者只是很惊讶，这么多年过去了，母亲还用着记事本和铅笔。所以判断出，作者对母亲一直用很早以前的工具不解，认为她早就应该换更好的了。故选B。
340.推理判断题。根据最后一段中的This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is, as a gifted mathematician. I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work可知，这个故事——发生在作者出生之前——让作者想起了自己的母亲是一个多么非凡的有天赋的数学家。作者感到很尴尬，因为作者抱怨没有足够的时间工作。所以判断出作者后悔没能像母亲那样利用自己的时间。故选C。
341.推理判断题。根据文章最后一段中的This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is, as a gifted mathematician可知，母亲是一个有天赋的数学家。所以从最后一段推断出出这位母亲事业有成。故选A
342.推理判断题。根据第四段第二句“One day I was cooking and watching baby Pauline, and I had a brilliant thought, but the stand was empty. So I just picked up the breadboard and wrote it all down on the back. It turned out to be a real breakthrough for solving the mathematical problem I was working on.”可知，有一天母亲一边做饭一遍看小波林，母亲有一个很棒的想法，但是没有任何地方可以记录。所以母亲拿起面板，把它的想法写在了背面。事实证明，这是解决母亲正在研究的数学问题的真正突破。所以判断出作者的母亲很热衷于自己的研究。故选B。
80.（2010年，江西卷）
Andy rode slowly on his way to school, day-dreaming about the fishing trip that his father had promised him. He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him.
He rode along until a strange around drew him to the present. He came to a stop and looked curiously up to the heavens. What he saw shocked him. A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like clack cloud and the buzzing mass towards him.
With no time to waste. Andy sped off in the opposite direction, riding furiously without knowing how to escape the swarm. With a rapidly beating heart and his legs pumping furiously, he sped down the rough road. As the bees came closer, his panic increased. Andy knew that he was sensitive to bee stings(蜇). The last sting had landed him in hospital—and that was only one bee sting! He had been forced to stay in bed for two whole days. Suddenly, his father’s words came to him. “When you are in a tight situation, don’t panic. Use your brain and think your ways out of it. ”
On a nearby hill, he could see smoke waving slowly skywards from the chimney of the Nelson family home. “Bees don’t like smoke,” he thought. “They couldn’t get into the house.”Andy raced towards the Nelson house, but the bees were gaining ground. Andy knew he could not reach the house in time. He estimated that the bees would catch up with him soon.
Suddenly, out of the corner of his eyes, he spotted a small dam used by Mr. Nelson to irrigate his vegetable garden. Off his bike and into the cool water he dived, disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects. After holding his breath for as long as he could, Andy came up for air and noticed the bees have gone. Dragging himself out of the dam, he struggled up the hilly slope and rang the doorbell. Mr Nelson took his inside and rang his mother.
“You’ll really need that fishing break to help you recover,”laughed his mother with relief. “Thank goodness you didn’t panic! But Andy did not hear her. He was dreaming once again of the fish he would catch tomorrow. ”
343.Why did Andy fail to notice the swarm of bees earlier?
A.He was riding to school.
B.He was listening to a strange sound.
C.He was going fishing with his father.
D.He was lost in the thought of the fishing trip.
344.Which of the following is NOT mentioned about the swarm of bees in the passage?
A.They crowded like a black cloud.
B.They shocked and terrified Andy.
C.They tried to attack Andy in a mass.
D.They made Andy stay in hospital for two days.
345.How did Andy avoid the bees in the end?
A.He asked Mr. Nelson in help.
B.He hid himself under the water.
C.He rushed into the Nelson house.
D.He rode off in the oppossnte ditcction.
346.Which of the following can best describe Andy’s escape from the bees?
A.No pain no gains.
B.Once bitten,twice shy
C.Where there is a will, there is a way.
D.In time of danger, one’s mind works fast.
【答案】343.D 344.D 345.B 346.D
【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章作者通过讲述安迪成功逃脱蜂群攻击的经历，说明了在危险时刻，一个人的思维要敏捷。
343.细节理解题。根据第一段Andy rode slowly on his way to school, day-dreaming about the fishing trip that his father had promised him. He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him.（安迪在去学校的路上慢慢地骑着自行车，做着他爸爸答应过他的钓鱼之旅的白日梦。他忙于梦见自己能钓到的鱼，没有注意到周围的一切。）由此可知，安迪没有早点注意到那一群蜜蜂是因为他一心想着去钓鱼。故选D。
344.细节理解题。此题可采用排除法进行解答。根据第二段A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like clack cloud and the buzzing mass towards him.（一大群蜜蜂像乌云一样布满天空，嗡嗡地向他飞来。）排除A选项；根据第二段What he saw shocked him.（他所看到的使他震惊。）和第三段As the bees came closer, his panic increased.（当蜜蜂靠近时，他的恐慌加剧了。）排除B选项；根据A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like clack cloud and the buzzing mass towards him.（一大群蜜蜂像乌云一样布满天空，嗡嗡地向他飞来。）可知蜜蜂试图集体攻击安迪。排除C选项。根据第三段The last sting had landed him in hospital—and that was only one bee sting! He had been forced to stay in bed for two whole days.（上一次蛰伤把他送进了医院——而那只是被一只蜜蜂蛰伤!他被迫在床上躺了整整两天。）由此可知，这是在描述安迪上一次被蜜蜂蛰伤的情况。故选D。
345.细节理解题。根据第五段Off his bike and into the cool water he dived, disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects. After holding his breath for as long as he could, Andy came up for air and noticed the bees have gone.（他跳下自行车，跳入冰冷的水中，消失在水面下，远离了那些凶猛的昆虫。尽可能长时间地屏住呼吸后，安迪浮上水面换气，发现蜜蜂不见了。）由此可知，安迪最后是通过藏在水里，成功地避开了蜜蜂。故选B。
346.推理判断题。根据第三段Suddenly, his father’s words came to him. “When you are in a tight situation, don’t panic. Use your brain and think your ways out of it.（突然，他想起了父亲的话，“当你处于紧张的情况下，不要惊慌。动动脑筋，想办法摆脱它。）结合文章内容，安迪本来想往有烟的地方跑，后来发现来不及了。后来，安迪急中生智，藏到了水里，成功逃脱了蜜蜂的攻击。由此可知，最能描述安迪逃脱蜂群的过程就是D选项“在危险时刻，一个人的思维要敏捷。”故选D。